1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22086 11930 122062 731000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22086 11930
69 ;;;;;; 138062 731000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22086 11930
89 ;;;;;; 138062 731000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22086 11930
100 ;;;;;; 138062 731000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22086 11930 366062
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22092 27717
242 ;;;;;; 604268 464000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22086 11929 490062 731000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22086 11929 494062 731000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22086
841 ;;;;;; 11929 490062 731000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22092 27717 960268
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22086 11930 122062
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22086 11929 494062
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22086
982 ;;;;;; 11930 138062 731000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22086 11929 526062
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22099 26170 362017
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22086 11929 494062
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22086 11929 494062 731000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22086 11930
1249 ;;;;;; 310062 731000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22086 11930
1456 ;;;;;; 142062 731000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22086
1484 ;;;;;; 11929 774062 731000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22086 11929 494062
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22086 11930
1558 ;;;;;; 142062 731000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22086 11929 494062
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22086
1608 ;;;;;; 11929 634062 731000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22089 51528 204929
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22086 11929 498062 731000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22086 11930
1787 ;;;;;; 142062 731000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22086 11929 498062
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22086
1842 ;;;;;; 11929 638062 731000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22092 27718
1879 ;;;;;; 508268 464000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (22086 11930 310062 731000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22086 11929 930062
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22086 11930
2007 ;;;;;; 122062 731000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22086 11929 498062
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2135 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2136 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2137 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2138 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2139 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2140 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2142 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2143 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2144 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2146 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2147 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2148 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2149 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2150 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2153 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2154 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2155 yank successive words.
2157 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2158 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2159 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2160 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2161 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2163 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2164 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2165 the list of bookmarks.)
2167 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2169 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2170 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2171 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2173 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2174 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2175 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2176 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2177 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2178 ever deletes the most recent one.
2180 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2181 is nil, raise an error.
2183 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2184 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2185 yank successive words.
2187 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2188 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2189 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2190 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2191 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2193 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2194 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2195 the list of bookmarks.)
2197 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2200 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2201 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2202 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2203 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2206 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2207 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2208 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2209 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2211 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2212 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2214 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2215 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2216 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2218 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2220 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2221 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2226 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2228 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2229 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2230 after a bookmark was set in it.
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2235 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2237 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2238 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2242 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2245 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2246 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2247 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2249 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2250 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2251 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2253 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2254 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2257 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2259 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2260 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2261 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2263 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2264 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2265 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2268 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2270 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2271 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2273 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2274 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2275 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2276 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2277 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2278 probably because we were called from there.
2280 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2283 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2287 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2289 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2290 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2291 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2292 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2295 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2296 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2297 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2298 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2299 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2301 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2302 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2303 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2304 `bookmark-default-file'.
2306 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2309 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2310 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2311 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2312 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2315 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2316 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2317 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2318 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2319 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2322 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2323 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2324 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2326 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2328 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2329 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2330 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2331 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2332 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2336 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2338 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2340 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2341 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2345 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2347 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22086 11929
2352 ;;;;;; 990062 731000))
2353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2355 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2356 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2357 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2358 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2360 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2361 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2362 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2363 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2364 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2366 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2370 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2371 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2372 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2373 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2379 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2380 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2386 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2393 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2398 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2399 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2400 first, if that exists.
2402 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2403 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2409 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2410 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2411 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2417 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2418 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2419 says which browser to use.
2423 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2424 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2425 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2426 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2428 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2430 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2433 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2435 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2436 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2437 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2438 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2441 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2442 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2444 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2445 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2449 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2451 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2454 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2456 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2457 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2458 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2459 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2461 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2462 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2463 new tab in an existing window instead.
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2473 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2475 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2476 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2480 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2481 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2483 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2484 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2491 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2498 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2499 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2501 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2502 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2503 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2504 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2507 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2508 new tab in an existing window instead.
2510 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2511 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2515 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2525 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2529 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2530 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2539 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2540 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2544 program is invoked according to the variable
2545 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2549 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2550 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2564 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2565 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2567 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2568 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2569 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2570 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2573 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2579 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2580 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2581 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2582 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2584 When called interactively, if variable
2585 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2586 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2587 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2588 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2591 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2592 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2594 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2595 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point.
2603 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2604 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2605 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2607 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2608 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2614 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2615 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2623 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2624 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2625 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2626 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2628 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2631 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2632 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2633 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2634 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2636 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2637 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2638 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2639 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2641 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2642 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2644 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2647 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2648 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2649 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2650 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2653 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2654 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2655 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2656 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2658 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2659 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2661 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2663 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2664 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2665 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2666 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2667 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2668 don't offer a form of remote control.
2670 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2672 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2673 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2674 Default to the URL around or before point.
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around the point.
2682 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2683 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2685 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2686 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2688 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22086 11929 498062 731000))
2693 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2694 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2696 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2697 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2698 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2699 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2703 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2704 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2705 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2706 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2710 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2711 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2715 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2716 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2718 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2719 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2720 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2721 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2723 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2724 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2725 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2726 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2727 name of buffer configuration.
2733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22086 11930 122062
2735 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2737 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2739 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2740 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2741 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2742 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2743 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2744 columns on its right towards the left.
2746 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2747 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2748 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2749 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2756 ;;;;;; (22086 11930 142062 731000))
2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2759 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2761 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2762 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2764 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2765 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2769 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2770 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22108
2777 ;;;;;; 15942 526032 987000))
2778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2779 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2780 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2781 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2783 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2786 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2787 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2788 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2789 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2790 else the global value will be modified.
2792 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2794 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2795 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2796 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2797 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2798 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2799 else the global value will be modified.
2801 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2803 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2804 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2805 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2807 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2810 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2811 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2812 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2814 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2815 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2816 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2817 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2818 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2821 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2822 that already has a `.elc' file.
2824 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2825 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2827 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2828 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2829 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2830 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2831 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2832 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2834 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2836 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2837 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2838 Print the result in the echo area.
2839 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2844 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2845 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2847 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2849 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2850 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2851 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2852 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2853 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2854 all functions called by those functions.
2856 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2857 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2858 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2860 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2861 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2862 invoked interactively.
2864 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2866 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2867 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2868 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2869 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2873 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2874 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2875 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2876 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2877 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2878 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2879 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2882 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2884 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2885 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2886 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2887 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2889 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2890 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2891 and corresponding effects.
2893 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22086
2898 ;;;;;; 11929 526062 731000))
2899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2901 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2903 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22086 11929
2908 ;;;;;; 526062 731000))
2909 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2911 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2913 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2915 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22086
2920 ;;;;;; 11929 526062 731000))
2921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2923 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2924 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2925 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2926 from the cursor position.
2928 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22086 11929 522062 731000))
2933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2934 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2936 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2937 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2942 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2944 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2946 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2947 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2949 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2951 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2952 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2953 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2954 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2956 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2958 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2959 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2960 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2961 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2963 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2965 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2966 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2967 This is most useful in the X window system.
2968 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2969 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2971 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2974 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2975 See calc-keypad for details.
2977 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2979 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2980 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2982 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2985 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2987 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2989 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2990 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2992 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2994 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2995 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2996 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2998 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3000 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3001 Define Calc function.
3003 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3004 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3005 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3007 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3008 actual Lisp function name.
3010 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3012 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3014 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22086 11929
3019 ;;;;;; 518062 731000))
3020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3022 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22092 27717 520268
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3033 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3034 Run the Emacs calculator.
3035 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22092 27717
3042 ;;;;;; 540268 464000))
3043 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3045 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3046 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3047 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3048 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3049 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3050 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3052 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3053 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3054 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3055 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3056 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3057 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3058 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3059 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3062 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3063 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3065 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3066 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3067 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3068 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3069 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3070 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3072 Runs the following hooks:
3074 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3075 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3076 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3077 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3079 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22086 11929 774062
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3089 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3090 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3092 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3094 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3095 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3096 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22108
3104 ;;;;;; 15942 570032 987000))
3105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3107 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3108 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22086 11930
3115 ;;;;;; 150062 731000))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3118 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3119 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3121 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3122 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3124 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3127 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3147 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3158 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3159 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3164 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3165 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3167 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3169 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3170 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3173 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3175 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3176 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3178 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3179 variables are guessed:
3181 * `c-basic-offset', and
3182 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3185 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3186 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3188 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3189 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3191 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3192 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3193 guess is made from scratch.
3195 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3196 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3198 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3200 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3201 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3202 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3203 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3205 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3206 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3207 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3209 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22101 42694
3214 ;;;;;; 157526 804000))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3228 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3236 Major mode for editing C code.
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3240 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3241 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3243 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3245 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3246 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3253 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3256 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3272 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3273 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3274 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3275 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3276 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3277 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3280 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3282 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3283 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3291 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing Java code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3294 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3308 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3310 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3313 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3330 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3331 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3333 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3334 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3335 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3347 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3348 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3349 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3350 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3353 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3354 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3355 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3356 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3357 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3358 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3360 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3362 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3363 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22086
3373 ;;;;;; 11930 154062 731000))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3376 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3377 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3378 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3379 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3381 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3383 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3384 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3387 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3388 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3389 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3390 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3393 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3394 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3395 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3396 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3399 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3401 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3402 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3403 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3404 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3406 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3408 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3409 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3410 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3412 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3414 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3415 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3416 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3417 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3418 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3420 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22086 11930
3425 ;;;;;; 154062 731000))
3426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3427 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3428 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3429 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22086 11929 874062
3435 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3437 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3438 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3440 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3442 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3443 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3445 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3447 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3448 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3450 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3451 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3452 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3453 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3456 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3458 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3460 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3461 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3463 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3464 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3468 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3469 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3470 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3471 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3472 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3475 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3476 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3477 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3478 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3480 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3481 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3484 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3486 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3488 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3491 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3492 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3494 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3495 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3496 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3499 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3501 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3502 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3503 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3505 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3507 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3509 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3511 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3512 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3513 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3514 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3515 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3516 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3518 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3520 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3524 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3526 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3528 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3529 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3532 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3533 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3536 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3538 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3539 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3540 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3541 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3542 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3543 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3544 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3545 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3546 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3547 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3548 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3549 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3550 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3551 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3552 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3553 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3556 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3557 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3559 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3560 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3562 | (write EXPRESSION)
3563 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3564 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3567 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3570 ;; Same as: (write string)
3572 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3573 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3574 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3577 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3578 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3579 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3580 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3581 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3582 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3584 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3585 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3587 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3590 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3591 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3592 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3594 ARG := REG | integer
3597 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3600 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3603 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3606 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3607 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3610 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3611 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3612 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3615 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3616 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3617 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3620 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3621 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3623 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3624 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3625 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3628 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3629 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3632 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3633 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3635 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3638 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3642 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3643 ;; Same meaning as C code
3644 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3646 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3651 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3652 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3655 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3656 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3660 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3664 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3665 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3666 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3667 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3669 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3670 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3671 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3672 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3674 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3675 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3676 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3679 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3680 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3681 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3683 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3684 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3685 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3687 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3688 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3690 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3691 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3692 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3695 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3696 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3697 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3698 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3700 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3701 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3704 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3706 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3708 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3709 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3710 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3711 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3712 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3713 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3715 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3717 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3718 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3719 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3721 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3723 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22102 63557
3728 ;;;;;; 288509 103000))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3731 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3732 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3733 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3734 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3736 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3738 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3740 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3741 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3743 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22086 11929 542062
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3750 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22086 11930
3755 ;;;;;; 154062 731000))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3757 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3759 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3760 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3761 There are no special keybindings by default.
3763 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3764 to the action header.
3768 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3769 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3770 There are no special keybindings by default.
3772 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3773 to the action header.
3777 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3778 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22109
3785 ;;;;;; 36809 195889 179000))
3786 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3788 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3789 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3790 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3791 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3792 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3794 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3795 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3797 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3798 from which to start.
3800 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22092 27717
3805 ;;;;;; 628268 464000))
3806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3807 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3812 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 650062 731000))
3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3815 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3816 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3817 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3821 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3822 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3823 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22104
3830 ;;;;;; 18893 193441 487000))
3831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3832 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3833 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3834 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3835 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3836 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3837 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3838 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3839 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3840 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3843 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3846 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3850 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3851 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3852 the users will view as each check is completed.
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3857 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3858 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3859 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3860 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3861 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3862 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3863 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3865 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3868 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3869 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3870 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3871 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3872 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3873 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3874 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3876 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3879 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3880 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3881 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3882 spacing are all verified.
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3887 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3888 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3889 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3890 otherwise stop after the first error.
3892 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3897 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3900 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3901 Only documentation strings are checked.
3902 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3903 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3909 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3910 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3911 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3912 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3917 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3919 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3922 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3925 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3927 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3929 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3934 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3935 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3937 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3940 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3941 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3942 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3943 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3949 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3950 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3951 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3952 space at the end of each line.
3954 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3956 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3957 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3958 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3959 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3963 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3964 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3965 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3966 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4020 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4022 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4023 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4025 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4026 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4027 checking of documentation strings.
4029 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4034 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22086
4041 ;;;;;; 11929 890062 731000))
4042 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4044 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4045 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4046 Return the length of resulting text.
4048 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4050 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4051 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4055 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4056 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4057 Return the length of resulting text.
4059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4061 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4062 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4066 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4071 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4074 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22086 11929 582062
4080 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4082 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4083 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4084 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4085 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4086 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4087 editing and the result is evaluated.
4089 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4091 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4092 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4093 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4094 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4095 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4097 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4101 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4102 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4103 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4104 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4105 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4107 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4108 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4109 \\{command-history-map}
4111 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4112 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22086
4119 ;;;;;; 11929 654062 731000))
4120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4122 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4123 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4124 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4125 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4126 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4127 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4128 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4131 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4132 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4133 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4136 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4137 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4139 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4140 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4141 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4142 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4143 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4144 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4145 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4146 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4147 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4148 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4149 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4150 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4152 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4153 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4154 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4156 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4157 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4158 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4161 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4163 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4165 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4167 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4168 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4170 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4171 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4173 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4174 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4175 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4176 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4177 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4178 value specified by their associated list element.
4180 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4182 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4183 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4184 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4186 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4187 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4188 * indent the first argument by 4.
4189 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4190 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4191 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4193 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4194 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4195 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4198 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22086 11929
4203 ;;;;;; 654062 731000))
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4205 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4207 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4209 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4210 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4211 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4212 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4213 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4214 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4216 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4217 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22086 11930
4222 ;;;;;; 158062 731000))
4223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4225 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4226 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4227 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4228 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4230 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4231 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4232 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4233 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4235 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4236 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4238 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22086 11929 582062
4244 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4246 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4247 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4248 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4249 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4250 of `scheme-program-name').
4251 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4252 it is given as initial input.
4253 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4254 discards input when it starts up.
4255 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4257 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22086 11929 582062 731000))
4264 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4266 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4267 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4268 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4269 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4271 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4272 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4274 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4275 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4276 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4278 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22086 11929 586062 731000))
4283 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4285 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4286 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4287 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4288 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4289 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4290 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4291 functions have already modified the buffer.
4293 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4295 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4296 either globally or locally.")
4298 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4299 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4300 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4301 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4303 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4304 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4305 `start-file-process'
4306 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4307 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4308 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4310 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4311 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4313 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4315 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4317 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4319 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4320 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4321 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4322 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4323 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4324 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4325 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4326 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4327 process as its initial input.
4329 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4331 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4333 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4335 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4336 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4337 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4338 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4339 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4340 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4342 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4344 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4346 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4347 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4348 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4349 directory tracking functions.")
4351 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4352 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4353 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4355 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4357 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4359 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4360 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4361 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4363 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4365 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4367 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4368 Send COMMAND to current process.
4369 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4370 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4372 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4374 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4375 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4376 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4377 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4379 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22086 11930
4384 ;;;;;; 370062 731000))
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4387 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4388 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4389 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4390 to get another window.
4392 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4393 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4395 This command pushes the mark in each window
4396 at the prior location of point in that window.
4397 If both windows display the same buffer,
4398 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4399 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4401 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4402 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4403 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4404 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4405 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4406 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4407 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4410 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4411 this command work in interlaced mode:
4412 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4413 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4414 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4416 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22099 26170
4421 ;;;;;; 422017 16000))
4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4424 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4425 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4427 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4429 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4430 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4431 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4433 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4435 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4436 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4437 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4441 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4442 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4443 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4444 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4445 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4447 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4448 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4449 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4450 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4451 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4453 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4454 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4455 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4456 describing how the process finished.")
4458 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4459 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4460 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4461 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4462 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4464 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4465 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4466 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4468 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4470 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4471 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4472 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4473 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4475 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4477 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4478 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4480 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4481 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4483 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4485 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4486 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4487 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4488 (concat \"make -k \"
4489 (if buffer-file-name
4490 (shell-quote-argument
4491 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4493 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4494 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4496 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4497 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4498 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4499 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4501 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4503 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4504 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4505 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4506 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4508 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4509 and move to the source code that caused it.
4511 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4512 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4514 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4515 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4516 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4517 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4518 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4520 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4521 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4522 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4523 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4525 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4526 kills its subprocesses.
4528 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4529 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4530 to a function that generates a unique name.
4532 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4534 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4535 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4536 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4537 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4539 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4540 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4542 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4543 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4544 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4545 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4547 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4548 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4549 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4551 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4553 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4555 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4556 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4557 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4558 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4559 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4561 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4563 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4565 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4567 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4569 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4570 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4571 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4572 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4573 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4575 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4576 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4577 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4578 See `compilation-mode'.
4580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4582 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4583 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4585 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4586 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4588 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4589 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4594 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4595 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4596 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4598 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22086 11929 586062
4604 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4606 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4607 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4608 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4609 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4610 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4611 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4613 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4615 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4616 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4617 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4618 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4619 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22086
4626 ;;;;;; 11930 314062 731000))
4627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4629 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4630 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4631 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4632 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4633 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4634 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4635 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4637 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4638 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4639 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4641 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4642 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4643 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4645 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4646 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4647 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4648 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4650 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4651 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4652 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4653 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4654 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4655 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4656 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4662 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4663 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4664 Comments start with `#'.
4665 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4667 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4677 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `;'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4684 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4685 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4686 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4688 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4689 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4693 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4694 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4695 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4696 between `/*' and `*/'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4699 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4700 // another kind of comment
4712 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4713 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4714 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4715 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4716 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4717 `conf-space-keywords'.
4718 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4719 in an interactive fashion instead.
4721 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4723 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4725 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4729 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4731 # Standard multimedia devices
4732 add /dev/audio desktop
4733 add /dev/mixer desktop
4737 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4738 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4739 See `conf-space-mode'.
4741 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4743 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4744 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4745 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4746 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4748 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4750 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4751 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4755 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4756 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4757 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4758 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4760 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4762 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4763 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4767 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4768 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4769 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4770 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4772 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22086 11930 122062
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4785 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4786 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4787 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4788 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4789 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4790 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4792 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4794 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4795 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4796 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4797 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4799 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4801 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4802 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4803 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4804 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4806 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22086
4811 ;;;;;; 11929 662062 731000))
4812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4813 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4814 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4815 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4817 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4818 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4819 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4820 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4821 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4822 following the copyright are updated as well.
4823 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4826 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4828 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4829 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4830 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4831 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4832 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4836 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4837 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4839 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4841 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4842 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4843 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4845 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22086
4850 ;;;;;; 11930 162062 731000))
4851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4852 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4853 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4854 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4855 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4856 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4857 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4858 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4860 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4861 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4862 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4863 Tab indents for Perl code.
4864 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4865 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4867 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4868 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4869 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4870 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4871 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4872 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4873 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4874 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4875 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4876 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4877 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4878 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4880 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4882 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4883 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4885 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4887 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4888 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4889 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4890 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4891 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4892 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4893 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4894 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4895 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4897 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4901 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4902 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4903 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4906 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4907 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4908 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4910 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4912 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4913 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4914 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4915 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4916 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4918 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4928 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4929 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4930 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4931 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4932 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4933 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4934 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4935 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4936 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4937 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4938 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4939 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4940 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4942 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4943 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4944 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4945 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4946 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4947 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4949 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4950 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4953 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4954 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4955 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4956 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4957 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4959 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4960 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4961 span the needed amount of lines.
4963 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4964 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4965 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4966 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4968 Variables controlling indentation style:
4969 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4970 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4971 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4972 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4973 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4974 `cperl-auto-newline'
4975 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4976 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4977 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4978 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4979 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4980 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4981 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4982 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4983 `cperl-indent-level'
4984 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4985 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4986 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4987 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4988 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4989 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4990 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4991 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4992 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4993 `cperl-brace-offset'
4994 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4995 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4996 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4997 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4998 `cperl-label-offset'
4999 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5000 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5001 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5003 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5004 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5005 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5006 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5007 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5008 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5010 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5011 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5012 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5013 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5015 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5016 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5017 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5018 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5019 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5020 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5021 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5023 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5024 column 0 is indented on
5025 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5027 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5030 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5031 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5032 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5036 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5037 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5041 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5042 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22092 27718 148268
5050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5052 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5053 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5054 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5055 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5056 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5060 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5061 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22086 11929 662062
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5071 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5072 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5073 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5074 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5075 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5076 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5077 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5078 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5080 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5081 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5083 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5084 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5085 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5087 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5088 with empty strings removed.
5090 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22086 11930
5095 ;;;;;; 314062 731000))
5096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5098 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5099 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5102 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5104 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5105 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22086 11929
5112 ;;;;;; 690062 731000))
5113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5115 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5116 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5117 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5119 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5120 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5122 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5124 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5125 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5126 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5127 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5128 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5130 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5131 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5132 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5133 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5134 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5135 normal function of these prefix keys.
5137 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5138 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5140 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5141 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5142 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5144 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5145 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5146 the prefix fallback behavior.
5148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5150 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5151 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22087 9807
5158 ;;;;;; 178279 951000))
5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5161 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5162 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5163 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5170 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 662062 731000))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5173 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5174 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5178 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5179 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5180 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5181 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5182 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5183 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5184 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22086 11929 590062
5192 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5194 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5195 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5197 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5199 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5200 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5202 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5204 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5205 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5207 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5209 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5210 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5212 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5213 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5215 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5216 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5218 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5220 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5222 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5223 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5224 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5226 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5227 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5229 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5230 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5232 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5233 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5235 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5237 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5239 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5240 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5243 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5244 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5246 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5247 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5249 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5250 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5252 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5254 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5256 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5257 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5258 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5259 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5261 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5262 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5263 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5265 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5267 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5268 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5269 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5270 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5271 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5275 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5276 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5277 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5278 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5282 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5284 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5286 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5288 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5291 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5293 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5295 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5298 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5300 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5302 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5303 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5304 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5306 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5308 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5309 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5310 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5311 as part of Emacs itself.
5313 Each elements looks like this:
5315 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5317 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5318 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5319 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5320 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5321 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5322 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5323 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5326 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5328 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5329 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5330 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5331 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5332 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5334 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5335 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5336 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5337 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5339 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5341 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5342 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5343 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5344 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5345 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5348 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5349 that were added or redefined since that version.
5351 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5353 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5354 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5355 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5356 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5358 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5360 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5361 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5363 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5365 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5366 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5367 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5369 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5370 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5372 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5374 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5375 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5379 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5380 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5384 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5385 Customize all saved options and faces.
5389 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5390 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5391 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5392 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5393 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5394 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5396 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5397 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5398 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5400 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5402 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5403 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5405 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5407 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5408 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5410 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5412 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5413 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5415 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5417 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5418 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5419 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5420 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5424 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5425 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5426 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5427 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5428 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5430 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5432 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5434 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5435 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5436 The result includes selecting that window.
5437 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5438 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5439 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5442 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5444 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5445 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5447 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5449 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5450 File used for storing customization information.
5451 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5452 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5453 it should be an absolute file name.
5455 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5456 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5457 something like the following in your init file:
5459 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5462 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5463 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5465 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5466 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5467 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5468 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5469 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5471 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5472 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5473 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5474 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5475 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5476 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5477 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5478 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5479 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5480 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5482 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5484 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5485 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5489 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5490 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5494 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5495 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5496 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5498 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5500 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5501 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5502 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5503 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5504 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5506 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22086 11929 590062
5512 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5514 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5515 Create or edit a custom theme.
5516 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5517 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5518 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5519 from the Custom save file.
5520 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5521 named *Custom Theme*.
5523 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5525 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5526 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5530 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5531 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5535 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5536 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5537 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5538 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5540 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22086 11930
5545 ;;;;;; 370062 731000))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5548 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5549 Mode used for cvs status output.
5555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22089 51528 280929
5557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5558 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5560 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5561 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5563 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5565 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5566 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5567 C++ modes are included.
5569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5570 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5571 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5575 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5577 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5578 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5579 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5582 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5584 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5586 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5587 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5588 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5589 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5590 ARG is omitted or nil.
5592 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5593 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5594 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22086
5601 ;;;;;; 11929 890062 731000))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5604 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5605 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5607 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5609 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5610 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5612 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5614 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5615 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5616 For readability, the table is slightly
5617 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5619 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5620 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5621 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5622 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5623 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5625 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22086 11929 590062
5631 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5632 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5633 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5634 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5635 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5637 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5638 Completion on current word.
5639 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5640 and presents suggestions for completion.
5642 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5643 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5646 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5647 then it searches *all* buffers.
5649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5651 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5652 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5654 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5655 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5656 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5657 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5658 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5660 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5661 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5663 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5664 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5665 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5667 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5668 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5670 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22086 11929
5677 ;;;;;; 542062 731000))
5678 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5680 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5681 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5683 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22086 11929 990062 731000))
5688 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5690 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5691 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5692 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5693 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5694 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22086 11930
5701 ;;;;;; 162062 731000))
5702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5704 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5705 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5707 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5708 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5709 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5711 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5712 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5713 Data lines are not indented.
5718 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5720 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5721 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5722 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5723 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5725 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5728 Extra indentation within blocks.
5730 dcl-continuation-offset
5731 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5734 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5736 dcl-margin-label-offset
5737 Indentation for a label.
5739 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5740 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5742 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5743 dcl-block-end-regexp
5744 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5745 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5746 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5747 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5748 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5750 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5751 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5752 Two such functions are included in the package:
5753 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5754 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5756 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5757 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5758 One such function is included in the package:
5759 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5761 dcl-tab-always-indent
5762 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5763 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5766 dcl-electric-characters
5767 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5770 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5771 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5772 which words trigger electric indentation.
5775 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5776 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5777 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5779 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5780 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5781 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5782 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5784 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5785 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5786 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5787 dcl-imenu-label-call
5788 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5790 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5791 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5792 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5793 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5796 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5798 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5799 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5800 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5802 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5803 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5807 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5808 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5809 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5810 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5811 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5812 \"lined up with the command line\"
5814 Data lines are not indented at all.
5815 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5820 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5821 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22086 11929
5828 ;;;;;; 662062 731000))
5829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5831 (setq debugger 'debug)
5833 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5834 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5835 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5838 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5839 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5840 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5842 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5844 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5845 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5847 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5849 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5850 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5851 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5852 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5853 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5854 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5856 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5857 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5859 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5861 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5862 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5863 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5864 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5865 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5867 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22086 11930
5872 ;;;;;; 126062 731000))
5873 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5875 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5876 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5880 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5881 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5882 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5883 Upper-case letters are commands.
5885 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5888 The most useful commands are:
5889 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5890 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5891 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5892 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5893 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5894 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22086 11929 590062
5902 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5903 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5905 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5906 Customization of `columns' group.
5910 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5911 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5913 START and END delimits the text region.
5915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5917 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5918 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5920 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5922 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22086 11929 594062 731000))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5929 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5931 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5932 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5933 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5934 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5935 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5936 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5938 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5940 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5941 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5942 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5943 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5944 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5946 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5947 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5948 point regardless of any selection.
5950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22086 11929
5955 ;;;;;; 666062 731000))
5956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5958 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5959 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5961 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5963 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5964 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5965 or nil if there is no parent.
5966 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5967 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5968 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5969 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5970 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5972 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5973 arguments are currently understood:
5975 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5976 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5978 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5979 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5981 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5982 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5984 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5986 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5988 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5989 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5990 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5992 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5993 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5995 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5996 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5997 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5999 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6000 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6002 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6003 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6005 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6007 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6009 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6011 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
6013 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6014 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6015 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6016 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6017 the first time the mode is used.
6019 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22086 11929 594062
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6027 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6028 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6029 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6030 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6031 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6032 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6035 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6037 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6038 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6039 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6040 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6042 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6043 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6044 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6046 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6047 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6048 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6049 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6050 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6051 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6054 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6056 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6057 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6059 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6060 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6061 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6062 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6063 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6064 minibuffer window for width limit.
6066 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6067 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22092 27717 592268
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6077 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6078 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6079 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6082 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6084 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6086 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6087 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6089 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6092 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6093 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6094 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6095 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6097 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6098 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6100 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6101 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6103 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6105 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6109 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6110 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6111 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6112 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6114 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6116 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6117 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6119 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6120 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6121 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6123 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6124 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6126 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6127 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6128 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6130 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6131 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6132 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6133 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6135 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6137 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6138 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6140 Handlers are called with argument list
6142 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6144 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6146 `desktop-file-version'
6147 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6148 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6149 `desktop-buffer-point'
6150 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6151 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6152 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6154 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6155 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6157 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6160 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6162 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6163 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6165 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6166 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6167 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6169 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6171 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6172 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6173 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6174 List elements must have the form
6176 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6178 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6181 Handlers are called with argument list
6183 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6185 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6187 `desktop-file-version'
6188 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6189 `desktop-buffer-name'
6190 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6191 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6192 `desktop-buffer-point'
6193 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6194 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6195 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6197 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6198 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6201 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6204 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6206 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6207 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6209 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6210 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6211 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6213 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6215 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6217 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6219 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6220 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6221 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6222 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6223 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6228 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6229 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6230 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6231 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6232 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6233 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6234 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6236 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6238 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6239 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6240 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6244 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6245 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6246 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6247 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6248 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6249 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6250 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6251 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6253 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6255 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6256 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6257 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6261 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6263 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6264 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6265 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6266 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6269 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6272 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6276 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6277 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22086 11929
6284 ;;;;;; 774062 731000))
6285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6287 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6288 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6289 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6290 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6291 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6292 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6294 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6296 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6297 Repair a broken attribution line.
6298 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6300 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6302 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6303 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6304 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6305 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6307 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6309 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6310 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22092
6317 ;;;;;; 27717 544268 464000))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6320 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6321 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6322 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6323 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6324 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6329 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6330 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6331 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6333 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6334 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6335 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6336 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6338 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6339 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6341 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6342 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6343 calendar-date-style \\='european
6344 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6346 \(diary-mail-entries)
6348 # diary-rem.el ends here
6350 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6352 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6353 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22086 11930 370062 731000))
6360 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6362 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6363 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6365 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6367 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6368 The command to use to run diff.")
6370 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6372 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6373 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6374 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6375 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6376 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6377 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6379 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6380 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6381 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6383 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6385 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6386 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6387 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6388 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6389 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6390 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6392 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6394 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6395 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6399 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6400 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6401 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6403 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22087 9807 430279
6409 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6411 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6412 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6413 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6416 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6417 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6418 headers for you on-the-fly.
6420 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6421 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6422 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6428 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6429 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6431 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6432 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6434 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22086 11929 990062 731000))
6441 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6443 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6444 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6445 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6447 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22086 11929 598062 731000))
6452 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6454 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6455 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6456 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6457 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6458 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6459 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6460 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6461 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6463 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6465 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6466 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6467 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6468 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6469 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6470 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6472 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6473 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6474 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6475 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6477 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6478 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6480 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6481 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6482 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6483 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6484 listing have no effect.
6486 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6487 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6488 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6490 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6492 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6493 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6495 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6496 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6498 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6499 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6501 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6502 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6504 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6506 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6507 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6509 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6511 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6512 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6513 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6514 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6515 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6516 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6517 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6518 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6519 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6520 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6521 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6522 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6523 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6524 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6525 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6526 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6527 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6528 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6529 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6530 to see why something went wrong.
6531 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6532 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6533 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6534 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6535 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6536 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6537 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6538 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6539 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6540 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6541 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6542 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6543 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6545 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6546 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6547 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6548 again for the directory tree.
6550 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6553 `dired-listing-switches'
6554 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6557 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6558 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6559 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6560 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6562 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6564 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6565 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6572 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6573 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22086 11929 598062
6579 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6581 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6582 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6583 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6584 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6585 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6587 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6588 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6589 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6591 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6592 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6597 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6598 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6599 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6600 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6601 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6602 from `default-directory'.
6604 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22086 11929
6609 ;;;;;; 666062 731000))
6610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6612 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6613 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6614 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6615 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6616 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6617 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6619 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22086 11929 598062
6625 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6627 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6628 Return a new, empty display table.
6632 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6633 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6634 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6635 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6636 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6638 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6640 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6641 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6642 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6643 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6644 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6646 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6648 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6649 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6653 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6654 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6658 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6659 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6661 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6662 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6664 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6665 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6668 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6669 in the default way after this call.
6673 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6674 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6678 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6679 Display character C using printable string S.
6683 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6684 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6685 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6686 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6688 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6690 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6691 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6692 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6695 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6697 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6698 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6700 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6702 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6703 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6705 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6707 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6708 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6710 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6712 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6713 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6715 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6717 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6718 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6720 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6722 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6723 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6725 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6726 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6728 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6729 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6731 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6732 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6733 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6734 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6736 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6737 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6738 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22086 11930
6746 ;;;;;; 126062 731000))
6747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6749 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6750 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6751 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6752 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6753 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6754 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6755 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22086 11929 598062 731000))
6763 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6765 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6766 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6767 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6768 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6769 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6770 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6772 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6773 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6774 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6775 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6776 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6778 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22086 11930
6783 ;;;;;; 314062 731000))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6786 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6787 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6788 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6789 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6790 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6791 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6792 table and its own syntax table.
6794 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6797 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6799 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6800 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22086 11929 598062
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6810 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6811 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6812 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6813 OpenDocument format).
6815 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6817 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6818 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6820 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6821 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6823 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6824 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6825 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6829 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6830 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6831 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6832 to the next best mode.
6836 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6837 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6839 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6840 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6842 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6846 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22086 11930 126062
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6857 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6858 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22086 11929 602062 731000))
6865 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6867 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6868 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6869 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6870 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6871 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6873 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6874 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22093 48588 576393
6882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6883 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6885 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6886 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22092
6893 ;;;;;; 27717 632268 464000))
6894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6896 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6898 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6899 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6900 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6901 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6902 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6904 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6905 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6906 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6907 and disables it otherwise.
6909 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6910 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6911 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6912 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6914 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6915 documenting what its argument does.
6917 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6918 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6919 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6920 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6921 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6922 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6923 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6924 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6926 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6927 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6928 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6929 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6930 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6931 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6932 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6933 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6934 the minor mode is global):
6936 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6937 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6938 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6939 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6940 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6941 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6942 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6943 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6944 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6945 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6946 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6947 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6948 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6949 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6950 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6951 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6952 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6953 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6954 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6955 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6958 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6959 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6961 For example, you could write
6962 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6963 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6966 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6968 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6970 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6972 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6974 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6976 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6977 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6978 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6979 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6980 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6981 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6982 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6983 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6984 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6985 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6986 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6987 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6989 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6990 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6991 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6992 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6993 call another major mode in their body.
6995 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6996 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6997 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6999 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7001 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7003 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7004 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7005 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7006 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7007 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7008 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7009 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7011 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7013 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7014 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7015 :inherit Parent keymap.
7017 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7018 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7020 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7022 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7023 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7024 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7025 the constant's documentation.
7027 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7029 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7030 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7031 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7033 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22086
7038 ;;;;;; 11929 666062 731000))
7039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7041 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7042 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7043 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7044 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7046 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7047 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7048 as a top-level menu bar item.
7050 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7051 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7055 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7056 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7057 items to actually display.
7060 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7061 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7062 alias for `:visible'.
7065 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7066 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7067 an alias for `:active'.
7069 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7070 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7072 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7074 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7076 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7077 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7079 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7080 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7082 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7084 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7086 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7087 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7090 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7091 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7092 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7093 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7096 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7097 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7098 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7099 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7102 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7103 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7104 alias for `:active'.
7107 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7108 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7112 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7113 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7116 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7117 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7120 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7121 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7122 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7125 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7126 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7129 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7131 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7132 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7133 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7135 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7136 MENU. This is a submenu.
7138 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7140 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7142 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7145 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7147 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7148 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7149 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7150 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7152 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7154 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7155 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7156 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7157 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7158 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7159 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7161 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7162 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7163 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7165 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7166 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7167 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7169 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7170 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7172 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22086 11930
7177 ;;;;;; 166062 731000))
7178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7179 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Customization for ebnf group.
7186 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7187 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7189 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7191 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7194 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7196 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7201 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7202 killed after process termination.
7204 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7206 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7208 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7209 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7211 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7212 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7215 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7216 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7217 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7218 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7220 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7224 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7226 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7229 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7231 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7233 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7236 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7238 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7243 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7244 killed after process termination.
7246 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7248 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7252 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7253 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7255 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7261 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7263 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7265 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7270 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7272 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7275 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7277 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7282 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7283 killed after EPS generation.
7285 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7287 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7292 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7293 The EPS file name has the following form:
7295 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7297 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7298 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7300 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7301 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7302 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7303 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7304 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7306 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7314 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7315 The EPS file name has the following form:
7317 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7319 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7320 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7322 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7323 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7324 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7325 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7326 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7328 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7331 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7333 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7335 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7336 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7338 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7340 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7343 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7345 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7348 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7350 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7351 killed after syntax checking.
7353 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7355 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7357 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7358 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7362 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7363 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7365 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7367 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7368 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7372 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7373 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7375 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7379 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7380 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7382 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7384 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7386 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7393 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7394 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7396 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7398 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Set STYLE as the current style.
7403 Returns the old style symbol.
7405 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7410 Reset current style.
7412 Returns the old style symbol.
7414 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7416 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7421 Returns the old style symbol.
7423 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7425 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7427 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7430 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7432 Returns the old style symbol.
7434 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7436 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22086 11930
7443 ;;;;;; 170062 731000))
7444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7447 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7448 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7449 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7450 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7451 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7453 Tree mode key bindings:
7454 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7459 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7464 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7469 View declaration of member at point.
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7474 Find declaration of member at point.
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7479 View definition of member at point.
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7484 Find definition of member at point.
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7489 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7494 View definition of member at point in other window.
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7499 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7504 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7509 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7514 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7519 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7520 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7521 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7524 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7527 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7528 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7529 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7531 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7534 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7535 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7536 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7538 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7540 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7541 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7542 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7544 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7547 Search for call sites of a member.
7548 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7549 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7550 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7551 looks like a function call to the member.
7553 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7555 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7556 Move backward in the position stack.
7557 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7562 Move forward in the position stack.
7563 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7567 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7568 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7572 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7573 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7577 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7578 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7579 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7580 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7582 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7585 Display statistics for a class tree.
7591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22086 11929 602062
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7595 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7596 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7597 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7598 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7599 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7600 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7601 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7603 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7605 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7606 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7607 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7608 also has this effect.
7609 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7610 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7611 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7612 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7613 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7614 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7615 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7616 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7617 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7618 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22086 11929 602062
7626 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7628 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7629 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7630 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7632 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22086 11929
7637 ;;;;;; 774062 731000))
7638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7640 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22092 27717 556268 464000))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7649 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7651 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7652 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7653 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7655 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7656 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7658 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7660 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7661 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7662 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7663 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7664 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7666 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7667 an EDE controlled project.
7669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22086 11929
7674 ;;;;;; 670062 731000))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7677 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7678 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7679 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7680 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7681 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7683 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7684 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7685 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7686 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7688 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7690 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7691 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7692 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7693 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7695 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7697 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7698 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7699 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7700 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7702 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7704 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7706 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7707 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7708 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7709 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7710 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7712 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7713 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7714 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7715 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7716 instrumented for Edebug.
7718 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7719 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7720 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7721 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7726 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7727 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7731 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7732 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22086 11930 378062 731000))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7740 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7742 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7745 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7747 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7750 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7752 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7754 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7756 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7757 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7758 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7759 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7763 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7765 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7766 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7770 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7773 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7775 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7778 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7780 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7785 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7786 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7787 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7789 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7791 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7794 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7795 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7796 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7798 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7800 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7804 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7805 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7807 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7809 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7811 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7812 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7813 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7814 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7816 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7818 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7821 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7822 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7823 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7824 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7825 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7827 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7829 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7830 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7831 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7832 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7834 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7836 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7838 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7839 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7840 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7841 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7843 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7845 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7847 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7849 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7850 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7851 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7853 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7854 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7856 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7858 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7859 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7860 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7862 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7863 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7865 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7867 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7868 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7869 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7870 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7871 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7873 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7876 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7877 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7878 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7879 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7880 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7882 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7887 Merge two files without ancestor.
7889 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7891 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7892 Merge two files with ancestor.
7894 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7896 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7898 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7899 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7901 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7904 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7906 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7909 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7910 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7913 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7915 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7916 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7917 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7920 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7922 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7923 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7924 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7925 and don't ask the user.
7926 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7927 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7929 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7931 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7932 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7933 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7934 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7935 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7936 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7937 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7938 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7940 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7942 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7944 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7946 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7947 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7948 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7949 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7950 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7954 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7956 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7957 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7958 When called interactively, displays the version.
7962 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7963 Display Ediff's manual.
7964 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7966 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7968 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7973 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7978 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7983 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7988 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7993 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7998 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8003 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22086 11930
8011 ;;;;;; 370062 731000))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8014 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22086 11930
8022 ;;;;;; 374062 731000))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8025 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8026 Display Ediff's registry.
8030 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22086 11930
8035 ;;;;;; 374062 731000))
8036 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8038 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8039 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8040 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8045 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8046 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8047 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8048 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22086 11929 602062
8056 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8057 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8059 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8060 Edit a keyboard macro.
8061 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8062 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8063 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8065 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8067 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8069 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8070 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8072 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8074 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8075 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8077 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8079 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8080 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8081 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8082 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8083 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8084 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8086 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8087 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8088 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8089 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8091 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8093 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8094 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8095 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8096 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8097 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8098 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8100 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22086 11929 694062
8106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8108 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8110 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8111 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8113 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8115 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8116 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22086 11929 602062 731000))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8125 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8126 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8127 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8128 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8129 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8130 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8131 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8133 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8134 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8136 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8137 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8138 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8139 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8141 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8142 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8143 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8145 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8146 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8147 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8149 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8151 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8154 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22086 11929
8159 ;;;;;; 674062 731000))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8161 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22086
8166 ;;;;;; 11929 670062 731000))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8168 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8170 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8171 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8172 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8173 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8174 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8175 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8176 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8178 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22086 11929 602062
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8186 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8187 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8189 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8190 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8191 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8193 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8195 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8196 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8197 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8199 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8200 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8202 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8204 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8205 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8207 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8208 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8210 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8211 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8212 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8213 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8217 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8218 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22086 11929 602062
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8228 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8229 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8231 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8232 an elided material again.
8234 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22086 11929
8241 ;;;;;; 674062 731000))
8242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8244 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8249 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8250 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8251 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8253 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8256 Lint the current buffer.
8257 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8261 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8262 Lint the function at point.
8263 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8267 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8269 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8270 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8272 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22086 11929 674062
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8280 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8281 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8282 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8284 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8287 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8288 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8289 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8291 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8294 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8295 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8297 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8299 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8301 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8302 Display current profiling results.
8303 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8304 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22086 11929 690062
8313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8315 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8316 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8317 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8318 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8319 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8320 ARG is omitted or nil.
8322 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8323 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8324 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8327 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8329 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8330 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8331 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8333 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22086 11929
8340 ;;;;;; 934062 731000))
8341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8343 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8344 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8345 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8347 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8349 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22086 11930 378062
8355 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8357 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8358 Run Emerge on two files.
8360 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8363 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8365 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8367 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8368 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8370 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8373 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8375 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8382 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8387 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8390 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8392 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8395 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8397 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8398 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8400 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8403 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8405 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8410 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22086 11930
8415 ;;;;;; 314062 731000))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8418 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8419 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8420 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8421 text/enriched format.
8423 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8424 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8425 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8427 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8429 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8430 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8434 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8441 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8443 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22086 11929 698062 731000))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8453 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8454 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8456 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8458 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8459 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8461 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8464 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8465 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8466 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8467 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8468 the keys are listed.
8469 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8471 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8473 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8474 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8475 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8477 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8479 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8484 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8485 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8487 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8490 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8492 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8494 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8495 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8497 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8498 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8499 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8500 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8502 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8503 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8504 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8505 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8506 should consider using the string based counterpart
8507 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8508 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8513 (decode-coding-string
8514 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8517 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8520 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8525 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8527 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8529 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8530 Verify the current region between START and END.
8532 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8533 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8534 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8535 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8536 should consider using the string based counterpart
8537 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8538 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8542 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8543 (decode-coding-string
8544 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8549 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8551 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8552 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8553 between START and END.
8555 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8556 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8560 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8562 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8563 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8565 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8566 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8567 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8568 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8569 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8570 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8574 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8577 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8579 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8581 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8583 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8584 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8586 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8587 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8588 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8589 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8590 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8591 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8595 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8598 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8601 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8603 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8605 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8606 Delete selected KEYS.
8608 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8610 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8611 Import keys from FILE.
8615 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8616 Import keys from the region.
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8621 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8622 between START and END.
8624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8627 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8629 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8631 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8632 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22086 11929 698062
8640 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8642 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8643 Decrypt marked files.
8647 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8648 Verify marked files.
8652 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8657 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8658 Encrypt marked files.
8664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22086 11929 698062
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8668 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8671 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8673 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8678 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22086 11929 698062
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8689 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8690 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8692 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8693 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8697 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8698 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8699 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8703 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8705 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8706 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8707 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8711 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8713 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8714 Sign the current buffer.
8715 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8717 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8719 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8721 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8722 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8723 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8724 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8725 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8726 and also whether and how to sign.
8728 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8729 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8730 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8732 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8734 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8736 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8737 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8738 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8744 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8745 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8746 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8749 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8751 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8753 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8754 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8756 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8757 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22092 27717 648268 464000))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8765 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8767 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8768 Return a context object.
8770 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22086 11929 698062
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8778 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8779 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8783 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8784 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8786 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8788 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8789 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8791 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22093 48588 540393 539000))
8796 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8797 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8799 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8800 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8804 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8805 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8806 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8808 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8810 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8811 (server (erc-compute-server))
8812 (port (erc-compute-port))
8813 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8815 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8817 That is, if called with
8819 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8821 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8822 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8823 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8825 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8827 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8829 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8830 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8831 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8833 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8835 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8836 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8837 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8838 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8840 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22086
8845 ;;;;;; 11929 706062 731000))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22092 27717
8852 ;;;;;; 652268 464000))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22086 11929
8859 ;;;;;; 706062 731000))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8861 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22086 11929
8866 ;;;;;; 706062 731000))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8868 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22086 11929 706062
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8875 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8877 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8878 Parser for /dcc command.
8879 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8880 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8881 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8883 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8885 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8886 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8890 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8891 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8893 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8894 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8895 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8898 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8903 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 706062 731000))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8905 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22086
8910 ;;;;;; 11929 710062 731000))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8913 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8916 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8919 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8920 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8921 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8923 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8933 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8938 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8943 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8948 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8950 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8951 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8953 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8955 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8956 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8958 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8961 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8965 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22086 11929 710062
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8975 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8977 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8978 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8979 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22086 11929
8986 ;;;;;; 710062 731000))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8988 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8990 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8991 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8992 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8993 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8994 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8995 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8998 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22086 11929
9008 ;;;;;; 710062 731000))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9011 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22086 11929 710062
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22086 11929 710062
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9028 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22086 11929 710062
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9035 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9037 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9038 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9039 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9040 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9041 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9042 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9046 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9047 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9048 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9049 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9051 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9052 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9055 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9056 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9058 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22092 27717
9063 ;;;;;; 652268 464000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9068 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9077 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9078 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9082 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9083 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9087 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9088 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9092 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9093 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9097 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9098 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9102 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9103 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22086 11929 710062
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9112 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22086
9117 ;;;;;; 11929 710062 731000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9121 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22086
9129 ;;;;;; 11929 710062 731000))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9132 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9133 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9134 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9135 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9139 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9140 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22086 11929
9147 ;;;;;; 710062 731000))
9148 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9149 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9151 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9152 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9153 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9154 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9156 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9158 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22086 11929 710062
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22086
9173 ;;;;;; 11929 710062 731000))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9175 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22086 11929
9180 ;;;;;; 710062 731000))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9182 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22092 27717 652268
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9189 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22086
9194 ;;;;;; 11929 710062 731000))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9198 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9199 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9203 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9204 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9205 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9207 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22086 11929
9212 ;;;;;; 714062 731000))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22086
9219 ;;;;;; 11929 714062 731000))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9223 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9224 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22086
9231 ;;;;;; 11929 714062 731000))
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9233 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22086 11929
9238 ;;;;;; 714062 731000))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9240 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22092 27717
9245 ;;;;;; 656268 464000))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9248 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9249 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9250 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9252 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9254 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9255 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9257 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9258 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9260 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9261 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9262 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9263 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9266 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22086
9271 ;;;;;; 11929 714062 731000))
9272 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9273 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9275 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9276 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9277 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9278 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9280 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9282 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9283 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9284 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22086 11929 714062
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9293 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9295 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9296 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22092 27717 632268
9304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9306 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9307 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9309 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9310 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9312 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9313 useful for assertions in BODY.
9315 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9317 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9318 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9319 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9321 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9323 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9325 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9327 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9329 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9331 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9332 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9334 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9335 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9336 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9337 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9339 Returns the stats object.
9341 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9343 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9344 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9346 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9347 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9348 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9351 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9353 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9354 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9356 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9357 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9358 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9359 and how to display message.
9361 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9363 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9365 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9366 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9368 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22086 11929
9373 ;;;;;; 674062 731000))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9376 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9378 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9379 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22086 11929
9386 ;;;;;; 722062 731000))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9389 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9390 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22086 11929 722062
9398 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9399 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9401 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9402 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9403 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9404 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9405 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9406 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9407 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9408 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9409 buffer selected (or created).
9411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9413 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9414 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9415 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9417 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9419 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9420 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9421 The result might be any Lisp object.
9422 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9423 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9424 corresponding to a successful execution.
9426 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9428 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22105 39773 947886
9434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9436 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9437 File name of tags table.
9438 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9439 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9440 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9441 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9442 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9444 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9445 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9446 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9447 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9449 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9451 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9452 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9453 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9454 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9455 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9456 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9458 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9460 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9461 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9462 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9464 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9466 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9467 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9468 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9469 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9470 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9472 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9474 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9475 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9476 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9477 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9479 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9481 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9482 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9483 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9484 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9485 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9487 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9489 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9490 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9494 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9495 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9496 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9497 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9499 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9500 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9501 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9502 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9503 file the tag was in.
9505 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9507 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9508 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9509 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9510 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9511 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9512 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9513 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9514 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9515 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9517 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9519 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9520 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9521 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9522 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9523 without directory names.
9527 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9531 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9532 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9535 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9537 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9538 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9539 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9540 but does not select the buffer.
9541 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9543 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9544 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9545 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9546 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9547 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9549 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9551 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9552 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9553 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9555 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9557 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9559 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9560 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9561 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9562 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9564 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9565 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9566 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9567 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9568 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9570 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9572 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9573 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9574 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9576 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9578 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9580 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9582 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9583 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9584 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9585 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9586 around or before point.
9588 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9589 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9590 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9591 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9592 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9594 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9596 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9597 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9598 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9600 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9602 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9604 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9606 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9607 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9608 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9609 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9610 around or before point.
9612 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9613 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9614 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9615 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9616 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9618 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9620 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9621 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9622 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9624 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9626 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9628 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9630 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9631 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9632 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9634 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9635 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9636 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9637 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9638 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9640 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9642 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9643 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9644 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9646 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9648 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9650 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9652 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9654 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9655 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9657 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9658 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9659 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9661 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9662 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9664 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9665 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9667 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9669 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9670 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9671 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9672 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9674 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9675 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9676 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9677 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9678 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9680 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9682 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9684 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9685 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9686 Stops when a match is found.
9687 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9689 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9690 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9691 restricted to these files.
9693 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9695 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9697 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9698 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9699 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9700 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9701 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9702 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9703 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9704 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9706 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9707 produce the list of files to search.
9709 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9711 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9713 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9714 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9715 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9716 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9717 directory specification.
9719 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9721 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9722 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9724 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9726 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9728 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9729 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9730 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9731 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9735 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9736 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9737 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9738 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9739 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9743 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22086
9751 ;;;;;; 11929 894062 731000))
9752 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9754 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9759 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9760 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9762 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9763 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9765 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9766 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9769 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9770 even if the buffer is read-only.
9772 See also the descriptions of the variables
9773 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9775 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9777 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9778 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9780 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9781 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9783 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9784 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9787 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9788 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9790 See also the descriptions of the variables
9791 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9793 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9795 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9796 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9797 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9798 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9800 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9802 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9803 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9804 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9805 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9807 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9808 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9811 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9812 buffer is read-only.
9814 See also the descriptions of the variables
9815 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9816 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9818 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9820 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9821 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9823 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9824 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9826 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9827 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9828 the primary language.
9830 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9831 buffer is read-only.
9833 See also the descriptions of the variables
9834 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9835 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9837 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9840 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9841 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9843 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9845 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9846 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9850 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9851 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9853 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9854 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9857 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9858 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9859 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9861 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9863 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9865 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9866 This function is deprecated.
9870 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9871 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9875 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9876 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9880 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9881 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9883 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9884 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9886 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9887 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9891 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9892 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9896 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9897 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9901 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9902 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9906 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9907 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9908 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9912 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9915 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22099 965 90725 479000))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9922 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9923 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9924 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9925 server for future sessions.
9927 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9930 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9931 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9933 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9935 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9936 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9937 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9939 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9941 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9942 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9943 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9944 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9945 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9946 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9947 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9948 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9949 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9950 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9951 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9952 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9954 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9956 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9957 Display a form to query the directory server.
9958 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9959 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9961 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9963 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9964 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9965 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9969 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22086 11929 990062
9975 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9977 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9978 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9980 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9982 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9983 Display URL and make it clickable.
9987 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9988 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9990 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9992 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9993 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9995 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9997 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9998 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10000 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10002 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10003 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10005 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22099 965
10010 ;;;;;; 74725 479000))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10013 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10014 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10015 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10019 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10020 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22086
10027 ;;;;;; 11929 990062 731000))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10030 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10031 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22086 11929 674062
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10041 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10042 Create an empty ewoc.
10044 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10046 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10047 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10048 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10049 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10050 `insert-before-markers'.
10052 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10053 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10054 respectively, of the ewoc.
10056 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10057 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10058 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10060 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22093 48588 548393 539000))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10067 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10068 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10069 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10070 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10071 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10073 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10075 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10076 Fetch URL and render the page.
10077 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10078 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10081 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10083 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10084 Render FILE using EWW.
10088 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10089 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10090 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10092 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10094 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10095 Mode for browsing the web.
10099 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10102 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10104 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10105 Display the bookmarks.
10111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22086
10112 ;;;;;; 11930 170062 731000))
10113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10115 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10116 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10117 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10119 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10121 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10122 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10123 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10124 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10125 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10127 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10129 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10130 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10131 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10132 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10133 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10136 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10138 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10139 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10140 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22086 11929 726062 731000))
10148 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10150 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10151 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10152 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10153 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10155 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10157 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10158 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10159 to generate such functions.
10161 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10162 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10163 beginning of the expanded text.
10165 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10166 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10167 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10168 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10170 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10172 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10174 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10175 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10176 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10180 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10181 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10182 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10186 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10187 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10188 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10191 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10192 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22092 27718 152268
10198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10200 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10201 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10202 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10204 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10205 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10206 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10208 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10213 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10216 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10218 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10220 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10221 `f90-program-indent'
10222 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10224 `f90-associate-indent'
10225 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10226 `f90-critical-indent'
10227 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10228 `f90-continuation-indent'
10229 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10230 `f90-comment-region'
10231 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10232 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10233 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10234 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10236 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10237 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10238 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10239 `f90-break-delimiters'
10240 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10241 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10242 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10243 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10245 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10246 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10248 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10249 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10250 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10251 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10252 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10253 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10254 `f90-leave-line-no'
10255 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10257 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10258 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22086 11929 726062
10266 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10268 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10269 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10270 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10271 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10273 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10274 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10275 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10276 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10277 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10279 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10280 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10281 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10282 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10283 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10284 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10287 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10288 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10290 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10292 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10293 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10294 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10295 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10297 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10299 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10300 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10301 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10302 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10304 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10305 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10306 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10308 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10309 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10310 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10311 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10313 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10315 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10316 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10317 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10319 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10320 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10321 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10324 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10326 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10327 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10328 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10330 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10331 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10332 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10333 will remove any scaling currently active.
10337 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10338 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10339 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10342 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10343 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10344 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10345 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10347 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10348 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10350 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10352 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10353 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10355 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10356 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10357 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10359 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10360 the face height as long as the input event read
10361 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10363 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10364 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10365 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10366 will remove any scaling currently active.
10368 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10369 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10370 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10371 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10372 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10376 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10377 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10378 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10379 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10380 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10381 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10386 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10387 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10388 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10389 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10390 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10391 `buffer-face-mode'.
10393 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10394 local, and sets it to FACE.
10396 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10398 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10399 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10400 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10401 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10402 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10403 `face' text property.
10405 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10406 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10407 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10408 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10410 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10411 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10413 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10415 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10416 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10417 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10418 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22092 27717
10425 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
10426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10427 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10429 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10430 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10431 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10432 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10436 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10437 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10442 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10443 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10444 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10448 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10449 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10450 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10451 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10452 backup file names and the like).
10454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10456 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10457 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10458 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10459 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10460 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10461 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10462 internally by feedmail):
10464 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10465 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10466 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10467 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10469 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10470 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10471 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10472 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10473 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10475 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22086 11929 730062 731000))
10480 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10482 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10483 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10484 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10485 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10486 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10487 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10488 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10490 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10492 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10493 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10494 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10495 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10496 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10497 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10498 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10500 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10502 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10504 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10505 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10506 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10507 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10508 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10509 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10511 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10514 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10515 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10517 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10518 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10523 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10524 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10525 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10527 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10529 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10530 Try to get a file name at point.
10531 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10535 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10536 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22086 11929 734062
10544 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10546 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10547 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10548 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10549 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10551 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10553 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10554 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10555 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10556 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10557 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10558 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10560 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10562 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10563 Add FILE to the file cache.
10567 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10568 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10569 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10571 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10573 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10574 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10575 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10577 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10580 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10581 This function does not use any external programs.
10582 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10583 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10584 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10586 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10589 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10590 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10591 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10592 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10593 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10594 \(directories) is done.
10600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22086 11929 734062
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10604 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10605 Handle file system monitoring event.
10606 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10608 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10610 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10612 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22086 11929 734062
10618 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10620 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10621 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10623 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10624 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10625 Local Variables list.
10627 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10628 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10629 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10631 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10633 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10634 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10636 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10638 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10639 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10641 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10642 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10645 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10646 then this function adds it.
10648 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10650 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10651 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10653 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10655 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10656 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10658 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10660 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10661 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10663 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10665 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10666 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10670 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10671 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10675 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10676 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22092 27717 792268
10684 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10686 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10687 Filesets initialization.
10688 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22086 11929 746062
10696 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10697 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10699 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10700 Initiate the building of a find command.
10703 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10704 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10706 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10708 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10709 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10711 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22086 11929 746062
10717 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10719 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10720 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10721 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10723 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10725 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10726 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10728 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10730 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10731 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10732 and run Dired on those files.
10733 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10734 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10736 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10738 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10740 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10742 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10743 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10744 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10746 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10747 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10749 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10750 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10752 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22092 27717 792268
10758 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10760 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10761 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10762 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10763 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10764 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10765 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10766 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10768 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10770 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10771 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10772 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10774 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10776 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10778 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10780 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10781 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10782 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10784 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10785 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10787 Variables of interest include:
10789 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10790 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10791 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10793 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10794 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10795 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10797 - `ff-ignore-include'
10798 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10800 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10801 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10804 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10806 - `ff-special-constructs'
10807 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10808 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10809 extracting the filename from that construct.
10811 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10812 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10814 - `ff-search-directories'
10815 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10816 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10818 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10819 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10821 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10822 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10824 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10825 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10827 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10828 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10830 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10831 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10833 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10835 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10836 Visit the file you click on.
10838 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10840 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10841 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10843 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22086
10848 ;;;;;; 11929 678062 731000))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10851 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10852 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10853 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10855 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10857 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10858 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10859 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10860 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10862 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10863 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10864 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10865 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10867 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10869 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10870 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10872 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10873 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10874 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10875 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10877 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10878 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10879 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10881 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10882 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10885 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10887 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10888 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10890 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10891 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10892 places point before the definition.
10893 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10895 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10896 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10897 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10899 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10901 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10902 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10904 See `find-function' for more details.
10906 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10908 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10909 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10911 See `find-function' for more details.
10913 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10915 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10916 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10918 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10919 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10920 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10922 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10923 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10925 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10927 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10928 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10930 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10931 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10932 places point before the definition.
10934 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10936 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10937 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10938 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10940 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10942 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10943 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10945 See `find-variable' for more details.
10947 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10949 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10950 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10952 See `find-variable' for more details.
10954 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10956 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10957 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10958 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10959 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10960 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10961 buffer nor display it.
10963 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10964 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10966 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10968 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10969 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10971 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10972 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10973 places point before the definition.
10975 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10977 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10978 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10979 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10983 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10984 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10985 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10989 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10990 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10991 See `find-function-on-key'.
10995 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10996 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10997 See `find-function-on-key'.
11001 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11002 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11006 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11007 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11011 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11012 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22086 11929 746062
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11022 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11023 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11025 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11027 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11028 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11032 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11033 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11035 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22086 11929 750062 731000))
11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11041 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11043 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11044 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11048 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11049 Display FILE's commentary section.
11050 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11054 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11055 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22086 11929 750062
11063 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11065 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11066 Toggle flow control handling.
11067 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11068 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11070 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11072 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11073 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11074 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11075 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11076 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11077 to get the effect of a C-q.
11079 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22086 11929
11084 ;;;;;; 774062 731000))
11085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11087 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11090 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11092 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11095 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22092 27718
11100 ;;;;;; 156268 464000))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11102 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11104 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11105 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11107 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11108 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11109 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11113 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11114 Turn flymake mode on.
11118 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11119 Turn flymake mode off.
11123 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22086 11930
11131 ;;;;;; 314062 731000))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11134 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11135 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11138 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11140 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11141 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11146 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11147 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11148 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11151 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11152 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11153 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11154 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11157 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11160 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11161 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11162 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11164 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11166 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11169 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11170 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11174 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11175 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11179 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11180 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11184 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11185 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11189 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11190 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11192 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11194 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11195 Flyspell whole buffer.
11201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22086 11929 750062
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11204 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22096 24780 228094 47000))
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11211 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11212 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11216 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11217 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11221 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11222 Toggle Follow mode.
11223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11227 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11228 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11230 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11231 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11232 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11234 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11235 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11236 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11239 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11240 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11241 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11242 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11243 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11246 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11247 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11249 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11251 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11253 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11254 \\{follow-mode-map}
11256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11258 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11259 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11261 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11262 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11264 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11265 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11267 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11271 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11272 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11274 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11275 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11277 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11278 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11280 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11284 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11285 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11287 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11288 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11289 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11290 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11291 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11292 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11294 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11295 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11296 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22086 11929
11303 ;;;;;; 934062 731000))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11305 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11307 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11308 Toggle Footnote mode.
11309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11310 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11311 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11313 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11314 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11315 play around with the following keys:
11316 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22086 11929 754062 731000))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11325 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11326 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11328 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11329 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11330 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11331 C-c < forms-first-record <
11332 C-c > forms-last-record >
11333 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11334 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11335 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11336 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11337 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11338 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11339 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11340 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11341 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11342 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11344 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11346 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11347 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11351 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11352 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22092 27718
11359 ;;;;;; 156268 464000))
11360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11362 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11363 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11364 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11366 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11367 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11369 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11372 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11374 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11376 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11377 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11378 `fortran-do-indent'
11379 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11380 `fortran-if-indent'
11381 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11382 `fortran-structure-indent'
11383 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11385 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11386 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11387 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11388 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11389 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11390 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11391 nil don't change the indentation
11392 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11394 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11395 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11396 depending on the continuation format in use.
11397 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11398 indentation for a line of code.
11400 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11401 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11402 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11403 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11404 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11405 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11406 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11407 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11408 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11409 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11411 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11412 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11413 statements (default nil).
11414 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11415 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11416 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11417 `fortran-continuation-string'
11418 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11419 line (default \"$\").
11420 `fortran-comment-region'
11421 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11422 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11423 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11424 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11425 as typed (default t).
11426 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11427 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11429 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11430 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22086 11930 126062
11438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11440 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11441 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11443 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11444 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11446 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11448 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11449 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11451 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11452 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11454 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11456 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11457 Compile fortune file.
11459 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11460 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11462 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11464 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11465 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11467 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11468 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11469 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11470 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11472 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11474 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11475 Display a fortune cookie.
11476 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11477 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11478 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11479 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11481 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22086 11929 754062
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11489 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11490 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11491 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11493 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11494 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11495 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11497 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11498 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11500 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11501 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11503 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11504 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11505 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11506 intend to modify existing values, do
11508 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11510 before changing anything.
11512 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11513 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11515 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11516 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11517 to restore the frame.
11519 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11520 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11521 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11523 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11524 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11525 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11526 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11527 FILTER A filter function.
11529 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11530 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11532 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11536 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11537 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11538 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11539 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11540 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11541 before restoring it.
11542 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11544 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11546 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11547 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11548 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11550 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11551 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11553 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11554 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11555 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11556 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11557 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11558 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11559 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11561 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11563 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11564 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11566 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11568 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11569 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11570 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11571 If nil, check all live frames.
11573 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11575 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11576 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11577 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11578 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11579 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11580 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11581 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11582 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11583 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11584 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11585 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11587 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11589 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11590 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11592 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11593 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11594 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11595 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11596 and window-state is not restored.
11598 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11599 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11601 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11602 t All existing frames can be reused.
11603 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11604 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11605 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11606 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11608 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11609 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11610 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11611 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11612 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11613 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11614 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11615 be created from that parameter alist.
11617 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11618 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11619 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11620 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11621 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11622 - the live frame just restored,
11623 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11624 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11625 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11627 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11628 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11629 nil Keep all frames.
11630 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11631 - FRAME, a live frame.
11632 - ACTION, which can be one of
11633 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11634 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11635 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11636 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11637 Return value is ignored.
11639 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11640 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11641 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11642 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11643 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11645 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11647 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11649 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11650 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11651 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11653 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11655 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11656 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11657 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11659 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11661 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11662 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11663 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11664 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11666 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11668 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22086 11930
11673 ;;;;;; 126062 731000))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11675 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22092 27718
11680 ;;;;;; 172268 464000))
11681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11683 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11684 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11685 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11687 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11689 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11690 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11691 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11692 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11693 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11694 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11695 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11699 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11700 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11701 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11702 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11704 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11705 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11706 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11707 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11708 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11710 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11711 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11712 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11713 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11715 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11716 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11717 shown in some of the buffers.
11719 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11721 The following commands help control operation :
11723 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11724 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11726 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11727 detailed description of this mode.
11730 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11732 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11733 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11737 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11738 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11739 | | (comint-mode) |
11746 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11747 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11748 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11749 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11750 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11751 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11753 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22086 11929
11758 ;;;;;; 678062 731000))
11759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11761 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11762 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11763 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11764 instead (which see).")
11766 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11767 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11769 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11770 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11771 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11772 documentation string instead.
11774 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11775 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11776 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11777 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11778 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11779 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11780 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11781 enders are actually possible.
11783 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11784 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11786 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11787 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11788 `font-lock-keywords'.
11790 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11791 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11792 runs the macro expansion.
11794 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11795 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11796 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11798 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11800 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11802 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11804 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11806 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11807 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11809 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11811 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11812 Enter generic mode MODE.
11814 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11815 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11816 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11818 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11819 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11823 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11824 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11825 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11826 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11827 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11828 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11829 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11830 `font-lock-keywords'.
11832 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11834 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22086 11930
11839 ;;;;;; 178062 731000))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11842 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11843 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11845 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11846 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11847 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22086 11929
11854 ;;;;;; 778062 731000))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11857 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11858 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11859 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11861 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11863 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11864 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11866 Guideline for numbers:
11868 3 - non-serious error messages
11869 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11870 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11871 9 - messages inside loops.
11873 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11875 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11876 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11877 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11879 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11881 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11882 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11884 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11886 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11887 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11889 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11890 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11891 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11892 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11893 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11894 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11896 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11897 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11898 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11899 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11900 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11902 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11904 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22086 11929 810062 731000))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11910 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11911 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11912 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11914 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11915 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11919 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11921 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11922 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11923 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11924 name of an NNTP server to use.
11925 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11928 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11930 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11931 Read news as a slave.
11933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11935 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11936 Pop up a frame to read news.
11937 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11938 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11939 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11940 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11941 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11942 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11943 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11944 current display is used.
11946 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11948 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11950 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11951 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11952 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11954 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22086 11929
11959 ;;;;;; 778062 731000))
11960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11962 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11963 Start Gnus unplugged.
11967 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Start Gnus plugged.
11972 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11973 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11977 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11978 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11980 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11981 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11982 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11984 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11985 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11986 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11990 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11991 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11995 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11996 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11997 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11998 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11999 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12002 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12004 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12005 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12006 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12007 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12008 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12011 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12013 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12014 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12018 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12019 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12020 downloaded into the agent.
12022 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12024 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12025 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12026 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12027 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12029 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12031 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12032 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12036 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12037 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12041 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12042 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12043 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12045 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22086 11929
12050 ;;;;;; 782062 731000))
12051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12053 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12054 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22086
12061 ;;;;;; 11929 782062 731000))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12064 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12065 Set a bookmark for this article.
12069 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12070 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12072 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12074 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12075 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12076 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12077 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12078 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22086 11929
12085 ;;;;;; 782062 731000))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12088 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12089 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12092 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12096 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12097 Generate the cache active file.
12099 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12101 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12102 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12106 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12107 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12108 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12109 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12110 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12113 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12115 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12116 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12117 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12118 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12119 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12122 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22086 11929
12127 ;;;;;; 786062 731000))
12128 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12130 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12131 Delay this article by some time.
12132 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12134 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12135 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12137 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12138 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12140 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12141 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12143 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12145 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12146 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12150 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12151 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12152 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12153 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12155 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12156 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12158 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22086 11929
12163 ;;;;;; 786062 731000))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12166 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12169 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12171 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12174 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22086 11929
12179 ;;;;;; 786062 731000))
12180 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12182 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12183 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22086 11929
12190 ;;;;;; 786062 731000))
12191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12193 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12194 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22086 11929
12201 ;;;;;; 786062 731000))
12202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12204 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12205 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12207 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12209 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12211 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12212 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12214 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12218 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12219 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12223 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12224 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12226 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12227 different input formats.
12231 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12232 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12234 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12235 different input formats.
12239 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12240 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12241 The PNG is returned as a string.
12243 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12245 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12246 Convert FILE to a Face.
12247 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12252 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12253 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12255 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12259 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12260 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22086
12267 ;;;;;; 11929 786062 731000))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12270 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12271 Display gravatar in the From header.
12272 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12274 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12276 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12277 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12278 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12280 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22086 11929
12285 ;;;;;; 790062 731000))
12286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12288 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12289 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12290 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12291 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12293 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12295 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12296 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12298 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22086 11929
12303 ;;;;;; 790062 731000))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12306 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12309 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12311 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12314 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22086 11929
12319 ;;;;;; 790062 731000))
12320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12322 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12324 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12325 Run batched scoring.
12326 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22086 11929 790062
12334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12336 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12341 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12342 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12343 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12345 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12347 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12348 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12350 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22092 27717
12357 ;;;;;; 816268 464000))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12360 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12361 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12362 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12363 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12366 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12367 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12368 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12369 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12371 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12372 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12373 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12374 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12375 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12376 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12377 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12378 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12379 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12380 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12382 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12384 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12385 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12386 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12389 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12390 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12392 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12394 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12395 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12396 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12398 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12402 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12403 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12404 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12406 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12408 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12409 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12410 existing groups are considered.
12412 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12413 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12416 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12417 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12418 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12419 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12420 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12421 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12422 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12423 clauses will be generated.
12425 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12426 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12427 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12428 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12429 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12430 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12432 For example, given the following group parameters:
12435 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12436 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12438 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12439 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12440 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12441 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12443 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12445 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12447 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12449 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12450 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12453 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22086 11929
12458 ;;;;;; 794062 731000))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12461 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12462 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12463 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12464 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12465 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12468 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12470 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12473 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12475 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12476 Like `message-reply'.
12478 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12480 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12485 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 794062 731000))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12488 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12489 Send a notification on new message.
12490 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12491 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12492 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12494 This is typically a function to add in
12495 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22086 11929
12502 ;;;;;; 794062 731000))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12505 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12506 Display picons in the From header.
12507 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12511 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12512 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12513 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12517 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12518 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12519 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22086 11929
12526 ;;;;;; 794062 731000))
12527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12529 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12530 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12531 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12532 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12534 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12536 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12537 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12538 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12541 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12543 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12544 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12545 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12547 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12549 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12552 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12554 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12555 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12556 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12558 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12560 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12561 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12562 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12564 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12566 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12568 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12569 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12570 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12572 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12574 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12575 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12576 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12578 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12580 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12581 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12582 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12584 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12586 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12587 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12589 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22086
12594 ;;;;;; 11929 794062 731000))
12595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12597 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12598 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12602 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12603 Install the registry hooks.
12609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22086 11929
12610 ;;;;;; 794062 731000))
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12613 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12614 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12615 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12616 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12617 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12618 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12622 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12623 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12624 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12625 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12626 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12630 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22086 11929
12638 ;;;;;; 798062 731000))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12641 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12642 Update the format specification near point.
12648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22086 11929
12649 ;;;;;; 798062 731000))
12650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12652 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12653 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12655 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22086 11929
12660 ;;;;;; 802062 731000))
12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12663 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12664 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12665 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12667 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22086 11929
12672 ;;;;;; 802062 731000))
12673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12675 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12676 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12680 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12681 Install the sync hooks.
12687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22086 11929
12688 ;;;;;; 806062 731000))
12689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12691 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12692 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12694 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22086 11929 994062
12700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12702 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12703 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12704 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12705 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12706 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12707 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12709 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12711 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22086 11930 126062
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12719 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12720 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12722 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12723 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12724 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12726 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12727 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12728 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12730 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12731 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12733 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12734 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12736 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12738 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22086 11929
12743 ;;;;;; 994062 731000))
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12746 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12748 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12749 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12750 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12751 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12752 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12754 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12756 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12757 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12758 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12760 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12761 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12763 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12764 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12767 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12769 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12770 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12772 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12773 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12777 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12778 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22086 11929
12785 ;;;;;; 810062 731000))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12788 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12789 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12790 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12792 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12794 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12795 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12797 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22086 11930 178062
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12805 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12806 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12808 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12810 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12811 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12812 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12813 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12814 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12816 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12817 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12818 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12820 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12822 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12823 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12824 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12825 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12826 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12828 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12830 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12831 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12833 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12835 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12836 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12838 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12839 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12840 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12842 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12843 The default find program.
12844 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12847 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12848 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12849 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12850 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12852 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12853 How to invoke find and grep.
12854 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12855 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12856 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12857 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12859 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12861 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12862 History list for grep.")
12864 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12865 History list for grep-find.")
12867 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12868 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12869 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12873 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12878 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12879 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12883 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12884 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12885 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12886 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12887 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12889 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12892 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12893 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12895 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12896 can easily repeat a grep command.
12898 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12899 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12900 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12903 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12905 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12906 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12907 Collect output in a buffer.
12908 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12909 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12911 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12912 easily repeat a find command.
12914 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12916 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12918 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12919 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12920 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12921 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12922 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12924 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12925 before it is executed.
12926 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12928 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12929 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12930 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12932 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12934 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12936 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12937 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12938 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12939 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12940 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12942 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12943 before it is executed.
12944 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12946 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12947 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12948 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12949 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12951 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12953 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12954 to specify a command to run.
12956 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12958 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12959 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12960 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12961 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12963 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12965 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22086 11929 854062 731000))
12970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12972 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12973 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12974 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12975 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12976 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12978 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22092 27718 188268
12984 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12986 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12987 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12988 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12989 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12991 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12993 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12994 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12995 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12996 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12998 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13000 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13001 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13002 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13003 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13005 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13007 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13008 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13009 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13010 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13012 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13013 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13015 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13017 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13018 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13019 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13020 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13022 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13024 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13025 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13026 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13027 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13029 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13031 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13032 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13033 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13034 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13036 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13038 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13039 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13040 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13041 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13042 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13044 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13045 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13046 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13047 original source file access method.
13049 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13050 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13052 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13054 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13055 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13059 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13060 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13061 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13064 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13066 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13068 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13069 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13070 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13071 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13072 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22099 26170 382017
13080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13082 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13083 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13084 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13085 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13086 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13087 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13088 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13090 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13092 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13094 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13095 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13096 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13098 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13099 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13100 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13102 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13103 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13105 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13107 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13109 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13110 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13111 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13112 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13113 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13115 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13117 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13119 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13122 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13124 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13126 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13128 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13129 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13130 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13131 well for simple place forms.
13132 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13133 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13134 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13135 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13136 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13137 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13138 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13140 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13142 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13144 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13145 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13146 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13147 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13148 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13150 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13151 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13153 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13155 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13157 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13159 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13160 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13161 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13162 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13163 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13164 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13166 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13168 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13170 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13171 Return a reference to PLACE.
13172 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13173 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13174 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13177 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22086 11930
13182 ;;;;;; 130062 731000))
13183 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13185 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13186 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13187 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13188 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13190 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13191 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13192 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13193 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22086 11930 130062
13201 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13203 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13204 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13206 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13208 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13209 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13210 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13211 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13213 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13217 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13218 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13219 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13220 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22092 27717
13228 ;;;;;; 880268 464000))
13229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13231 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13232 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13236 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13237 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13238 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13242 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13243 Verify a hashcash payment
13245 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13247 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13248 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13249 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13250 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13251 `mail-add-payment-async').
13253 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13255 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13256 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13257 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13258 Calculation is asynchronous.
13260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13262 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13263 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13264 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22086 11929 854062
13272 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13274 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13275 Return the help-echo string at point.
13276 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13277 property, or nil, is returned.
13278 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13279 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13280 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13282 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13284 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13285 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13286 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13287 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13288 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13292 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13293 Display local help in the echo area.
13294 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13295 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13296 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13299 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13300 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13301 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13305 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13306 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13307 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13311 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13312 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13313 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13317 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13318 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13319 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13320 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13321 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13322 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13323 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13324 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13325 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13326 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13327 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13329 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13330 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13331 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13332 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13333 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13335 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13336 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13337 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13338 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13339 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13340 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13341 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13342 The default is `never'.")
13344 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13346 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13347 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13348 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13349 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13350 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13351 considered different regions.
13353 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13354 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13355 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13356 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13357 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13358 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13359 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13360 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13361 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13363 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13365 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13366 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13367 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13368 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13371 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13372 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13373 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13374 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13375 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13376 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13377 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13378 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13380 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13381 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13382 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13383 rarely happens in practice.
13385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13387 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13388 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13389 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13390 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13391 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13392 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22101 42694 89526
13400 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13402 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13403 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13405 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13407 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13408 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13409 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13411 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13413 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13414 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13415 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13416 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13417 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13418 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13419 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13421 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13422 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13423 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13424 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13425 suitable file is found, return nil.
13427 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13429 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13432 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13434 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13435 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13436 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13437 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13439 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13441 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13442 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13443 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13444 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13445 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13446 it is displayed along with the global value.
13448 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13450 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13451 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13452 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13453 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13454 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13455 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13457 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13459 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13460 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13461 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13462 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13464 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13466 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13467 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13468 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13469 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13470 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13474 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13475 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13479 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13480 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22086 11929 854062
13488 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13490 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13491 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13492 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13493 window listing and describing the options.
13494 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13495 gives the window that lists the options.")
13497 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22086 11929 854062
13503 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13505 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13506 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13507 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13513 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13514 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13518 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13519 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13523 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13524 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13526 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13527 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13528 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13529 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13531 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13532 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13533 restore it properly when going back.
13535 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13537 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13538 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13539 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13540 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13542 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13543 it does not already exist.
13547 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13548 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13550 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13551 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13552 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13553 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13554 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13555 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13556 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13557 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13559 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13560 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13561 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13562 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13564 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13565 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13568 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13570 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13571 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13572 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13573 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13574 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13575 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13577 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13579 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13580 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13581 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13582 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13583 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13585 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13587 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13588 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13590 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13592 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13594 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13595 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13596 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13597 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13599 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22086 11929
13604 ;;;;;; 678062 731000))
13605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13607 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13608 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13612 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13613 Provide help for current mode.
13619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22086 11929 858062 731000))
13620 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13622 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13623 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13624 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13625 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13626 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13628 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13629 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13631 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13632 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13633 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13634 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13636 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13637 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13640 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13645 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13646 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13647 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13648 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13649 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13650 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13651 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13652 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13653 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13654 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13655 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13656 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13657 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13658 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13659 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13661 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13662 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13663 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13665 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13668 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13670 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13671 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13672 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13674 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13675 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13676 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13678 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13679 into the buffer at the current point.
13681 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13682 into the buffer at the current point.
13684 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13685 into the buffer at the current point.
13687 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13689 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13690 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13692 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13694 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13698 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13699 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13700 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13701 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13703 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13705 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13706 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13707 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22092 27717 860268
13715 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13717 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13718 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13720 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13721 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13723 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13724 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13725 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13726 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13728 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13729 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13730 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13731 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13733 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13734 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13735 which can be called interactively, are:
13737 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13738 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13740 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13741 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13742 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13743 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13745 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13746 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13748 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13749 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13750 available face automatically.
13752 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13753 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13755 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13756 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13757 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13758 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13759 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13760 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13761 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13762 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13763 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13764 function returns t.
13766 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13767 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13769 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13770 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13774 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13775 position (number of characters into buffer)
13776 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13777 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13778 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13782 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13783 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13784 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13787 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13789 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13791 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13792 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13793 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13794 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13795 ARG is omitted or nil.
13797 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13798 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13799 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13803 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13805 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13806 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13807 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13808 Use the global history list for FACE.
13810 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13811 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13812 highlighting will not update as you type.
13814 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13816 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13818 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13819 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13820 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13821 Use the global history list for FACE.
13823 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13824 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13825 highlighting will not update as you type.
13827 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13829 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13831 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13832 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13833 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13834 Use the global history list for FACE.
13836 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13837 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13838 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13840 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13841 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13842 highlighting will not update as you type.
13844 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13846 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13848 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13849 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13850 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13851 unless you use a prefix argument.
13852 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13854 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13855 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13859 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13861 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13862 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13863 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13864 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13865 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13866 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13868 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13870 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13871 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13873 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13874 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13875 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22092 27718
13882 ;;;;;; 188268 464000))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13885 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13886 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13888 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13891 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13892 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13893 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13894 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13897 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13898 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13899 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13900 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13901 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13902 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13903 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13905 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13906 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13907 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13908 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13909 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13912 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13913 #endif lines when hiding.
13915 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13916 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13919 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13920 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13921 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13923 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22093 48588
13930 ;;;;;; 580393 539000))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13933 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13934 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13935 Each element has the form
13936 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13938 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13939 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13941 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13942 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13944 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13945 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13946 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13947 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13948 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13949 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13951 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13952 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13954 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13955 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13957 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13958 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13959 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13961 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13962 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13963 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13964 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13965 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13967 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13968 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13969 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13971 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13972 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13973 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13975 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13976 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13978 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13981 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13985 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13986 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22086 11929 858062
13994 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13996 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13997 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13998 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13999 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14000 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14002 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14003 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14004 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14007 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14008 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14009 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14010 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14011 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14012 through various faces.
14013 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14014 buffer with the contents of a file
14015 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14019 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14020 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14022 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14023 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14025 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14026 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14027 in a distinctive face.
14029 The default value can be customized with variable
14030 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14032 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14036 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14037 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14038 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14040 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14042 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14043 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14047 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14048 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14052 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14053 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14055 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14056 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14057 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14058 shown in the last face in the list.
14060 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14061 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14062 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14064 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14068 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14069 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14071 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14073 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14076 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14077 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14079 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14080 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14081 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14083 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14085 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14086 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14088 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14089 this function is called interactively.
14091 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14092 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14093 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14095 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14096 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14097 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14099 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14101 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14102 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14103 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14106 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14108 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14110 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14111 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14112 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14113 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14114 ARG is omitted or nil.
14116 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14117 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14118 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22086 11929 858062
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14127 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14129 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14130 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14131 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14132 or insert functions in this list.")
14134 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14136 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14137 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14138 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14139 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14140 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14142 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14143 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14144 undoes the expansion.
14148 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14149 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14150 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14151 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14153 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22086 11929 858062
14159 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14161 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14162 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14167 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14168 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14169 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14170 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14171 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14172 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14174 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14175 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14176 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14177 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14181 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14182 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14183 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14185 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14186 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14188 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14190 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14191 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14196 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14197 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14200 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14201 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22086 11929
14208 ;;;;;; 534062 731000))
14209 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14211 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14212 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14213 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14215 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14217 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14219 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14221 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14223 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14225 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14227 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14229 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14231 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14233 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14235 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14236 User defined holidays.
14237 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14239 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14241 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14243 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14245 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14247 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14249 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14251 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14252 Christian holidays.
14253 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14255 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14257 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14259 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14261 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14263 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14265 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14267 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14268 Bahá’à holidays.
14269 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14271 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14273 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14275 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14276 Sun-related holidays.
14277 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14279 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14281 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14283 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14285 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14286 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14287 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14288 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14292 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14293 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14294 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14295 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14296 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14298 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14299 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14301 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14302 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14304 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14305 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14306 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14307 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14310 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14312 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14314 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22086 11929
14319 ;;;;;; 810062 731000))
14320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14322 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14323 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22092 27717
14330 ;;;;;; 864268 464000))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14332 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14334 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14335 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14336 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14337 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14340 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14341 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14344 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14345 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14347 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14348 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14349 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14351 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14353 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14354 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14355 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14357 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14359 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22086 11929 862062
14365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14367 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14368 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14370 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14371 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14372 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14374 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14375 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14376 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14377 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14378 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14379 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14381 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14382 title of the column.
14384 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14385 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14386 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14387 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14388 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14390 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14392 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14394 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14395 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14396 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14397 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14398 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14400 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14401 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14402 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14404 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14406 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14408 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14410 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14411 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14412 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14413 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14414 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14415 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14417 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14418 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14419 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14420 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14421 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14422 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14423 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14424 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14426 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14427 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14428 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14429 buffer's modification flag.
14430 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14431 prompted before performing this operation.
14432 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14433 operation is complete, in the form:
14434 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14435 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14436 confirmation message, in the form:
14437 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14438 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14439 macro for exactly what it does.
14441 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14443 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14445 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14447 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14448 Define a filter named NAME.
14449 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14450 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14451 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14453 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14454 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14455 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14456 bound to the current value of the filter.
14458 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14460 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14462 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22092 27717 868268
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14470 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14471 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14472 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14473 buffers which are visiting a file.
14475 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14477 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14478 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14479 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14480 buffers which are visiting a file.
14482 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14484 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14485 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14486 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14488 All arguments are optional.
14489 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14490 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14491 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14492 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14493 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14494 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14495 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14496 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14497 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14498 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14499 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14500 that value locally in this buffer.
14502 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22092
14507 ;;;;;; 27717 556268 464000))
14508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14509 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14511 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14512 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14513 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14514 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14516 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14518 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14519 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14520 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14521 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14523 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14524 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14525 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14527 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14529 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14530 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14531 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14532 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14533 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14534 non-marking or not.
14536 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14538 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14539 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14541 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14542 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14545 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14546 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14547 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14549 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14552 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14553 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14554 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14556 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22086 11929 862062
14562 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14564 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14565 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14566 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14569 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14571 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14573 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14574 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14576 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14577 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14579 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14580 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14581 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14582 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14584 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14585 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14587 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14590 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14593 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14594 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14595 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14596 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22086 11930 186062
14602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14604 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14605 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14606 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14607 Tab indents for Icon code.
14608 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14609 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14611 Variables controlling indentation style:
14612 icon-tab-always-indent
14613 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14614 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14616 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14617 inserted in Icon code.
14619 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14620 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14621 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14622 icon-continued-statement-offset
14623 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14624 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14625 icon-continued-brace-offset
14626 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14627 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14629 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14630 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14631 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14632 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14634 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14635 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22086
14642 ;;;;;; 11930 194062 731000))
14643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14645 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14646 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14647 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14648 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14650 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14651 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14654 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14655 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14657 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14658 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14659 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14661 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14663 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22092 27718
14668 ;;;;;; 216268 464000))
14669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14670 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14672 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14673 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14675 The main features of this mode are
14677 1. Indentation and Formatting
14678 --------------------------
14679 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14680 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14682 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14683 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14684 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14685 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14687 Comments are indented as follows:
14689 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14690 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14691 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14693 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14695 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14696 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14697 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14698 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14699 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14700 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14702 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14703 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14704 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14705 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14709 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14710 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14711 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14712 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14713 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14714 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14715 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14716 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14717 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14718 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14723 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14724 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14725 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14726 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14730 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14731 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14732 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14733 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14734 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14737 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14738 --------------------------------
14739 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14740 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14742 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14743 \\fu FUNCTION template
14744 \\c CASE statement template
14745 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14746 \\f FOR loop template
14747 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14748 \\w WHILE loop template
14749 \\i IF statement template
14750 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14753 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14754 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14756 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14757 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14758 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14759 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14761 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14762 -------------------------
14763 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14764 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14766 7. Automatic END completion
14767 ------------------------
14768 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14769 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14773 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14774 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14776 9. Documentation and Customization
14777 -------------------------------
14778 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14779 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14780 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14781 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14782 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14783 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14787 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14788 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14789 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14791 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22093 48588 548393 539000))
14798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14800 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14801 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14802 The following values are possible:
14803 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14805 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14806 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14807 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14810 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14812 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14814 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14815 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14816 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14817 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14818 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14819 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14820 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14821 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14822 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another buffer.
14828 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14829 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14832 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14833 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14834 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14835 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14836 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14838 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14839 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14841 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14843 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14844 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14845 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14846 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14847 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14848 in a separate window.
14849 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14850 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14851 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14852 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14853 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14854 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14855 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14856 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14857 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14861 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14862 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14863 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14868 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14869 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14870 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14875 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14877 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14882 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14883 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14884 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14889 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14890 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14891 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14896 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14897 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14901 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14902 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14903 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14904 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14907 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14908 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14909 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14910 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14911 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14912 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14914 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14915 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14917 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14919 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14920 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14921 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14922 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14923 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14924 in a separate window.
14925 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14926 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14927 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14928 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14929 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14930 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14931 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14932 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14933 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14934 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14935 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14936 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14937 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14938 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14940 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14941 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14942 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14946 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14947 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14948 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14949 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14953 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14954 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14955 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14956 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14960 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14961 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14962 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14963 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14967 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14968 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14969 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14970 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14974 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14975 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14976 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14977 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14981 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14982 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14984 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14988 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14989 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14990 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14991 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14995 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14996 Write current buffer to a file.
14997 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14998 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15002 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15003 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15004 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15005 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15009 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15010 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15011 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15012 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15016 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15017 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15018 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15019 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15020 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15021 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15023 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15025 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15026 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15027 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15028 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15030 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15032 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15033 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15034 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15035 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15037 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15039 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15040 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15041 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15042 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15043 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15044 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15045 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15046 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15047 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15048 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15049 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15050 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15051 with point positioned at the end.
15052 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15053 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15055 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22086 11929 866062 731000))
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15062 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15063 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15064 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15065 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22086 11929 866062 731000))
15072 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15074 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15076 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15077 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15079 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15080 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15081 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22092 27717 872268 464000))
15088 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15090 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15091 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15092 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15095 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15097 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15098 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15099 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15104 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15105 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15106 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15109 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15111 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15112 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15113 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15116 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15118 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15119 Determine and return image type.
15120 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15121 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15122 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15123 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15124 use its file extension as image type.
15125 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15127 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15129 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15130 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15131 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15133 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15135 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15136 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15137 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15139 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15140 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15141 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15142 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15147 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15149 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15150 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15151 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15152 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15153 use its file extension as image type.
15154 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15155 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15156 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15157 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15159 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15161 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15162 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15163 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15165 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15167 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15168 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15169 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15170 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15171 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15172 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15173 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15174 POS may be an integer or marker.
15175 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15176 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15177 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15178 means display it in the right marginal area.
15180 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15182 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15183 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15184 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15185 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15186 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15187 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15188 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15189 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15190 means display it in the right marginal area.
15191 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15192 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15193 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15194 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15195 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15197 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15199 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15200 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15201 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15202 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15203 STRING is a single space.
15204 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15205 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15206 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15207 means display it in the right marginal area.
15208 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15210 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15212 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15213 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15214 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15215 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15217 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15219 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15220 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15222 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15224 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15225 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15226 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15227 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15228 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15229 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15230 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15231 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15234 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15236 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15238 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15240 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15241 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15243 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15244 documentation string.
15246 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15247 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15248 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15249 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15250 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15251 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15252 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15257 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15258 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15260 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15262 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15264 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15265 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15266 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15267 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15269 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15270 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15271 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15272 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15274 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22092 27717
15281 ;;;;;; 872268 464000))
15282 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15283 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15285 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15286 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15287 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15288 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15289 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15290 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15294 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15295 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15297 Convenience command that:
15299 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15300 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15301 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15303 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15304 image files in dired and type
15305 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15307 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15309 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15310 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15312 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15314 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15315 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15316 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15317 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15318 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15321 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15322 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15323 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15325 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15326 instead of erasing it first.
15328 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15329 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15330 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15331 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15332 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15333 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15335 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15337 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15338 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15339 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15340 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15345 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15347 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15349 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15350 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15354 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15355 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15356 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15360 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15361 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15365 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15366 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15367 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15368 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15372 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15373 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15377 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15378 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15382 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15383 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15387 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15388 Display current image file.
15389 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15390 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15394 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15395 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15399 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15400 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15401 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15402 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15403 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15404 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15405 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15409 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15410 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15411 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22086 11929 866062
15420 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15422 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15423 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15424 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15425 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15427 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15428 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15429 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15430 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15432 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15434 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15435 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15436 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15437 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15439 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15440 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15441 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15442 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15444 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15446 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15447 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15451 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15452 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15453 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15454 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15456 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15458 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15459 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15460 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15463 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15465 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15467 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15468 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15470 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15471 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15473 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15474 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15475 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22091 6875 287217
15483 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15485 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15486 Major mode for image files.
15487 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15488 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15495 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15496 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15498 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15499 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15501 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15502 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15507 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15508 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15509 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15510 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15511 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15512 to display an image file as the actual image.
15514 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15515 to display an image file as text initially.
15517 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15522 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15525 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22092 27717 872268 464000))
15530 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15532 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15533 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15535 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15537 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15538 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15541 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15543 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15544 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15545 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15547 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15549 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15550 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15551 Each element of this list should have the form
15553 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15555 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15556 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15557 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15559 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15560 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15561 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15562 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15564 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15565 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15567 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15568 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15569 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15572 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15573 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15574 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15576 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15577 create a buffer index.
15579 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15580 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15581 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15582 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15583 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15585 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15587 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15588 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15590 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15591 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15592 called within a `save-excursion'.
15594 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15596 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15598 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15599 Function for finding the next index position.
15601 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15602 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15603 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15606 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15607 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15609 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15611 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15612 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15614 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15615 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15616 It should return the name for that index item.")
15618 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15620 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15621 Function to compare string with index item.
15623 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15624 non-nil if they match.
15626 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15627 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15628 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15629 arguments match\".")
15631 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15633 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15634 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15635 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15637 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15638 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15640 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15642 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15644 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15645 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15646 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15647 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15651 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15652 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15654 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15658 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15659 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15660 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15661 for more information.
15663 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22086 11929
15668 ;;;;;; 898062 731000))
15669 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15671 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15672 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15674 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15676 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15679 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15681 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15684 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15686 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15689 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15691 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15692 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15694 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22086 11930
15699 ;;;;;; 206062 731000))
15700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15702 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15703 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15704 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15706 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15707 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15708 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15709 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15713 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22086 11929 874062 731000))
15718 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15720 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15721 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15722 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15723 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15724 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15725 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15726 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15727 first in this list.
15729 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15730 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15731 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15732 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15733 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15735 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15736 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15737 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15739 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15740 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15742 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15743 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15745 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15746 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15747 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15748 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15749 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15750 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15751 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15752 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15753 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15754 with the top-level Info directory.
15756 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15757 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15759 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15761 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15762 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15763 in all the directories in that path.
15765 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15767 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15769 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15770 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15774 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15775 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15779 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15780 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15781 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15782 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15786 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15787 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15788 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15789 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15791 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15793 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15794 Go to the Info directory node.
15798 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15799 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15800 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15801 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15802 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15803 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15805 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15807 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15808 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15809 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15811 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15813 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15814 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15815 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15816 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15817 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15819 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15821 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15822 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15823 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15824 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15825 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15827 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15828 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15830 Selecting other nodes:
15831 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15832 Follow a node reference you click on.
15833 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15834 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15835 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15836 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15837 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15838 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15839 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15840 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15841 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15842 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15843 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15844 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15845 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15846 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15847 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15848 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15849 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15850 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15851 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15852 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15854 Moving within a node:
15855 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15856 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15857 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15858 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15859 move up to the parent node.
15860 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15861 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15863 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15866 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15867 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15868 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15869 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15870 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15871 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15872 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15873 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15874 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15875 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15876 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15877 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15878 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15879 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15880 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15881 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15884 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15886 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15887 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15888 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15889 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15890 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15891 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15893 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15894 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15896 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15897 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15899 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15900 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15901 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15902 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15906 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15907 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15908 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15912 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15913 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15914 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15916 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15918 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15919 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15920 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15921 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15922 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15923 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15925 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22086 11929 870062
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15933 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15934 Throw away all cached data.
15935 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15936 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15940 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15942 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15943 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15944 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15945 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15946 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15947 one found at point.
15949 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15951 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15952 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15954 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15955 Display the documentation of a file.
15956 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15957 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15958 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15959 The default file name is the one found at point.
15961 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15963 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15965 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15966 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15968 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15970 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15971 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15973 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22086 11929 870062
15979 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15980 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15982 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15983 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15984 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15985 current info file is the default.
15987 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15988 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15989 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15990 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15991 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15993 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15994 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15995 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15996 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15997 mistake in the reference.
15999 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16000 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16001 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16003 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16004 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16005 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16006 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16008 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16010 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16011 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16012 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16013 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16016 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16017 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16018 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16019 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16020 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16021 should be harmless.
16025 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16026 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16027 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16028 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16030 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16031 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16032 and can take a long time.
16036 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16037 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16038 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16040 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16042 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16043 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16045 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16046 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16047 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16048 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16051 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16052 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16053 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16054 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16057 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22086 11929 874062
16063 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16065 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16066 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16068 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16070 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16071 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16073 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16075 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16076 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16077 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16078 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16080 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16081 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16082 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16084 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16085 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16086 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16087 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16091 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16092 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16093 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16097 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16098 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16099 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16100 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16101 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22086 11929
16108 ;;;;;; 678062 731000))
16109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16111 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16114 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16116 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16118 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22086 11929
16123 ;;;;;; 550062 731000))
16124 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16125 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16127 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16128 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16129 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16131 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22086
16136 ;;;;;; 11929 874062 731000))
16137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16139 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16140 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16144 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16145 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16149 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16152 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22086 11929 886062
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16159 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16161 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16162 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16163 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16164 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16165 accessed via isearchb.
16171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22086
16172 ;;;;;; 11929 874062 731000))
16173 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16175 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16176 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16177 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16178 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16179 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16181 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16183 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16184 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16185 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16186 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16187 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16189 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16191 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16192 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16193 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16194 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16195 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16197 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16200 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16201 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16202 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16203 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16205 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16207 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16208 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16209 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16210 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16211 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16213 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16215 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16216 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16217 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16218 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16219 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16221 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16223 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16224 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16225 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16226 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16227 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16229 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16231 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16232 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16233 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16234 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16236 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16239 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16240 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16241 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16243 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16245 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16246 Warn that format is read-only.
16248 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16250 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16251 Warn that format is write-only.
16253 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16255 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16256 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16263 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 874062 731000))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16265 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16266 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22086 11930
16271 ;;;;;; 318062 731000))
16272 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16274 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16276 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16277 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16278 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16279 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16280 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16282 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16284 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16286 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16287 Key map for ispell menu.")
16289 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16290 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16291 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16292 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16294 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16296 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16298 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16300 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16302 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16303 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16304 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16305 Valid forms include:
16306 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16307 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16308 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16309 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16311 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16312 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16313 First list is used raw.
16314 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16316 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16317 for skipping in latex mode.")
16319 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16320 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16321 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16322 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16323 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16324 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16325 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16327 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16328 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16329 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16330 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16332 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16333 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16334 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16335 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16336 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16338 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16339 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16341 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16342 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16344 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16345 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16347 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16348 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16351 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16352 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16353 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16354 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16355 quit spell session exited.
16357 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16359 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16360 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16361 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16363 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16365 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16366 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16370 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16371 SPC: Accept word this time.
16372 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16373 `a': Accept word for this session.
16374 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16375 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16376 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16377 `?': Show these commands.
16378 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16379 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16380 the aborted check to be completed later.
16381 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16382 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16383 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16384 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16385 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16386 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16387 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16391 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16392 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16393 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16394 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16396 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16398 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16399 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16400 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16401 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16403 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16405 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16407 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16408 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16409 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16410 amount for last line processed.
16412 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16414 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16415 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16419 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16420 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16424 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16425 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16426 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16428 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16430 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16431 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16435 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16436 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16437 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16438 sequence inside of a word.
16440 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16442 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16444 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16445 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16449 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16450 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16451 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16452 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16454 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16455 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16456 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16457 available on the net.
16461 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16462 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16465 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16467 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16468 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16471 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16472 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16475 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16476 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16480 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16481 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16482 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16483 Don't check included messages.
16485 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16486 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16487 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16489 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16491 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16492 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16493 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16494 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16496 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16497 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16498 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22086
16505 ;;;;;; 11929 898062 731000))
16506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16508 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16513 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16514 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16515 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16516 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16517 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16518 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16519 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16520 necessary to represent OBJ.
16522 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16524 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16525 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16526 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16527 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16529 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16531 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16532 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16533 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16534 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16535 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16537 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16539 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16540 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16541 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16542 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16544 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16546 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16547 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16548 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16549 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16551 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16553 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16554 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16556 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16558 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16559 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16560 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16561 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16562 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16564 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16566 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16567 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16568 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16569 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16570 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16572 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16574 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16575 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16576 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16578 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22086 11929 890062
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16586 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16587 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16588 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16589 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16591 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16594 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16596 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16597 Uninstall jka-compr.
16598 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16599 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16600 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22109 36809 299889
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16609 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16611 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16612 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16616 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16617 Major mode for editing JSX.
16619 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16620 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16623 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16624 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16625 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16628 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16630 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22101 42694 105526 804000))
16635 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16636 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22092 27717
16641 ;;;;;; 636268 464000))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16644 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16645 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16646 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16647 decimal key must be specified.")
16649 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16651 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16652 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16653 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16654 decimal key must be specified.")
16656 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16658 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16659 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16660 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16661 decimal key must be specified.")
16663 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16665 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16666 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16667 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16668 decimal key must be specified.")
16670 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16672 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16673 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16674 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16675 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16676 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16680 -------------------------------------------------------------
16681 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16682 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16683 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16684 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16685 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16686 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16687 in the global and local keymaps.
16689 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16690 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16692 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22086
16697 ;;;;;; 11929 878062 731000))
16698 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16700 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16701 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16702 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16704 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16705 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16706 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16707 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16710 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16711 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16712 the context of text formatting.
16714 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22086 11929 878062
16720 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16722 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16723 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16724 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16725 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16726 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16727 positions that contains the current selection.")
16729 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16730 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16731 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16732 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16733 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16734 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16735 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16737 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22086 11929 890062 731000))
16742 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16743 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16744 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16745 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16746 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16747 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16748 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16749 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16751 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16752 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16753 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16755 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16757 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16758 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16759 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16760 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16761 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16763 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16765 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16766 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16767 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16769 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16770 defining the macro.
16772 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16773 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16774 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16776 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16777 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16781 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16782 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16783 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16784 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16785 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16788 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16789 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16790 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16794 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16795 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16796 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16797 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16799 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16800 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16801 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16802 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16804 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16805 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16807 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16809 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16810 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16811 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16813 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16816 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16817 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16819 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16820 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16821 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16823 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16824 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16828 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16829 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16830 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16831 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16833 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16835 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16836 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16837 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16838 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16840 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16841 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16843 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16845 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16846 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16847 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22086
16854 ;;;;;; 11929 902062 731000))
16855 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16857 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16858 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16859 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16861 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22086 11929
16869 ;;;;;; 902062 731000))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16872 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16875 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16877 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16878 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16879 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16880 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16881 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16882 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16884 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16885 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16887 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16889 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16890 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16892 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16894 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16897 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16899 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16902 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22086
16907 ;;;;;; 11929 878062 731000))
16908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16910 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16911 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16912 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16913 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16915 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16917 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16918 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16919 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16921 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16923 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16924 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16925 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16929 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16930 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16931 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16932 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16934 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16939 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 878062 731000))
16940 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16942 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16943 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16944 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16945 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16946 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16947 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16948 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16949 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16951 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16952 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16955 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16957 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16959 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16960 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16961 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16962 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16963 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16964 `latin1-display-setup'.
16966 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16968 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16969 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16970 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16971 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16974 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16976 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22086
16981 ;;;;;; 11930 210062 731000))
16982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16984 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16985 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22092
16992 ;;;;;; 27717 632268 464000))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16994 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16996 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16997 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16998 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16999 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17001 For instance, the following code
17004 (if (and .title .body)
17009 essentially expands to
17011 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17012 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17013 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17014 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17015 (if (and .title .body)
17020 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17021 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17022 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17023 displayed in the example above.
17025 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17027 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22086 11930 130062 731000))
17032 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17034 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17035 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17036 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17037 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17038 generations (this defaults to 1).
17040 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22086 11929 930062 731000))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17046 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17048 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17049 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17051 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17052 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17054 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17058 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17059 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17060 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17061 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17062 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17063 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17065 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17067 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17068 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17069 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17070 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17071 ARG is omitted or nil.
17073 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17074 `linum-on' would do it.
17075 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22086 11929 930062
17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17085 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17086 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17087 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17088 is nil, raise an error.
17090 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17091 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17092 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17093 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17094 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17095 defined by the library.
17097 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17098 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17099 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17100 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17101 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17104 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17105 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17106 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17107 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17109 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22086 11929 930062 731000))
17114 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17116 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17117 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17118 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17120 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17122 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17123 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17124 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17125 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17127 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17128 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17129 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17130 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17131 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17132 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17135 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17136 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17138 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17139 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17141 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17142 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17144 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17146 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17147 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17148 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17149 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17150 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17151 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17152 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17153 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17154 to constrain a big search.
17156 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17158 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17159 except that FILTER is not optional.
17161 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22092 27718 544268
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17169 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17170 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17171 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17172 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17173 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17174 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17175 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17176 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17177 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17178 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17180 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17181 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17183 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17184 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17185 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17186 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17187 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17189 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17190 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17191 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17193 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22086 11930 378062
17199 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17201 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17202 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22086 11929 930062 731000))
17209 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17211 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17212 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17214 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17215 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17217 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17218 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17219 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17221 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17222 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17224 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17225 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17226 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17227 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17228 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17229 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17230 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17232 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17234 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17235 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17236 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17237 switch on this list.
17238 See `lpr-command'.")
17240 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17242 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17243 Name of program for printing a file.
17245 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17246 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17247 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17248 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17249 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17250 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17253 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17255 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17256 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17257 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17258 for customization of the printer command.
17262 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17263 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17265 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17266 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17267 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17268 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17270 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17271 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17273 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17274 for further customization of the printer command.
17278 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17279 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17280 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17281 for customization of the printer command.
17283 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17285 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17286 Paginate and print the region contents.
17288 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17289 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17290 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17291 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17293 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17294 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17296 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17297 for further customization of the printer command.
17299 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22086 11929 930062
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17307 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17308 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17309 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17311 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22086 11929 534062
17317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17319 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17320 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17321 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17322 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22086 11930
17329 ;;;;;; 210062 731000))
17330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17332 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17333 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22086 11929 930062 731000))
17340 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17342 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17343 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17344 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17345 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17346 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17348 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17350 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17351 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17352 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17353 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17354 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17356 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17357 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17358 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17359 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17362 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17363 use this command, and then save the file.
17365 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17367 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17368 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17369 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17370 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17371 each time the macro executes.
17372 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17373 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17374 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17375 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17376 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17377 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17378 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17382 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17383 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17384 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17385 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17387 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17388 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17389 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17392 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17393 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17395 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17396 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17397 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17398 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17399 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17401 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17404 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17405 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17406 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17408 You could enter the names in this format:
17414 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17417 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17420 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17421 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17423 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17424 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22086 11929
17429 ;;;;;; 934062 731000))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17432 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17433 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17434 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17435 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17436 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17437 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17439 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17440 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17441 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17442 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17443 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17445 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17446 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17447 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17450 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17452 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17453 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17455 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22086 11929
17460 ;;;;;; 934062 731000))
17461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17463 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17464 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17468 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17473 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17474 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17476 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17478 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17479 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17480 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17483 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22086 11929
17490 ;;;;;; 934062 731000))
17491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17493 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17494 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17495 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17496 often correct parser.")
17498 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17500 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17501 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17502 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17503 a value which excludes your own email address.
17505 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17506 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17508 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17510 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17511 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17513 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17515 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17516 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17517 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17518 we return it unconverted.
17520 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17521 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17523 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17525 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17526 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17527 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17528 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17530 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17532 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17533 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17534 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17535 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17537 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17539 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17540 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17541 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17542 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17543 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17544 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17545 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17546 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17547 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17550 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17552 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17553 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17554 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17555 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17556 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17557 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17558 matches may be returned from the message body.
17560 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22086 11929
17565 ;;;;;; 938062 731000))
17566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17568 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17569 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17570 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17572 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17573 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17575 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17577 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17578 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17580 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17581 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17583 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17584 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17585 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17586 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17590 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17591 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17595 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17596 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17597 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17599 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17601 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17602 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17603 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17605 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17606 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17607 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17610 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22086 11929
17615 ;;;;;; 938062 731000))
17616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17618 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17619 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17620 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17622 If `parens', they look like:
17623 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17624 If `angles', they look like:
17625 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17627 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17629 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17630 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17631 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17632 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17633 their `Resent-' variants.
17635 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17636 removed from alias expansions.
17638 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17640 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17641 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17642 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17644 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17645 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17646 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17647 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17649 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17651 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17652 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17653 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17657 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17658 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17659 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17660 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17664 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22086 11929
17669 ;;;;;; 938062 731000))
17670 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17672 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17673 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17674 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17675 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22086
17682 ;;;;;; 11930 210062 731000))
17683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17685 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17686 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17688 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17689 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17690 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17691 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17692 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17693 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17695 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17696 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17697 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17698 dependency, despite the colon.
17700 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17702 In the browser, use the following keys:
17704 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17706 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17708 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17709 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17711 `makefile-target-colon':
17712 The string that gets appended to all target names
17713 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17714 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17716 `makefile-macro-assign':
17717 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17718 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17719 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17720 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17721 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17722 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17724 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17725 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17726 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17728 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17729 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17731 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17732 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17733 up or down in the browser.
17735 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17736 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17738 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17739 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17741 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17742 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17743 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17744 has been selected in the browser.
17746 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17747 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17748 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17749 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17750 filenames are omitted.
17752 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17753 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17754 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17755 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17756 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17757 the backslash itself intact.
17758 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17759 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17761 `makefile-browser-hook':
17762 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17763 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17765 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17766 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17767 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17768 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17772 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17773 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17777 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17778 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17782 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17783 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17787 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17788 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17792 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17793 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22086 11929 954062
17801 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17803 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17804 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17805 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22086 11929 954062 731000))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17814 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17816 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17817 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17818 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17819 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17820 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17821 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17822 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17823 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17824 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17825 without running the man command.
17827 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17828 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17829 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17834 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17835 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17836 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17837 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17841 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17842 otherwise look like a page name.
17847 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17848 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17849 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17853 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17855 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17856 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17858 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17861 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17863 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22086 11929 678062
17869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17870 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22086 11929 954062 731000))
17875 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17876 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17878 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17879 Toggle Master mode.
17880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17881 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17882 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17884 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17885 using the following commands:
17887 \\{master-mode-map}
17889 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17890 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17891 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22086 11929 958062
17899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17901 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17902 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17903 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17906 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17908 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17910 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17911 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17913 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17914 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17916 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17917 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17918 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17919 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22086 11929 958062 731000))
17926 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17927 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22092 27717 852268
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17935 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17937 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17938 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17939 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17940 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17941 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17942 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17943 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17944 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17945 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17946 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17947 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17948 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17949 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17950 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17951 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17952 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17953 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17954 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17955 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17956 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17957 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17958 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17959 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17960 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17961 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17962 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17963 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17964 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17965 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17966 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17967 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17968 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17969 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17970 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17971 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17972 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17973 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17974 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17978 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17979 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17980 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17981 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17982 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17984 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17986 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17987 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17989 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17991 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17992 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17994 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17996 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17997 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17999 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18001 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18002 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18003 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18005 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18007 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18008 Cancel an article you posted.
18009 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18013 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18014 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18015 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18016 header line with the old Message-ID.
18020 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18021 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18025 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18026 Forward the current message via mail.
18027 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18028 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18030 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18032 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18035 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18037 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18040 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18042 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18043 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18047 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18048 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18050 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18052 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18053 Re-mail the current message.
18054 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18055 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18060 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18061 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18063 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18065 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18066 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18068 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18070 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18071 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18073 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18075 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18076 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18078 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18080 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18081 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18082 Works by overstriking characters.
18083 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18084 which specify the range to operate on.
18086 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18088 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18089 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18090 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18091 which specify the range to operate on.
18093 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22086
18098 ;;;;;; 11930 210062 731000))
18099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18100 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18102 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18103 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18107 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18108 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22086 11929
18115 ;;;;;; 938062 731000))
18116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18118 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18119 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18120 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18124 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18125 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18126 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18127 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18128 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18129 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18130 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18132 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18134 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18135 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18136 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18137 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18138 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18140 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18141 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18143 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18145 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18146 Process current region through `metamail'.
18147 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18148 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18149 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18151 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18152 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18154 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22086 11929 970062
18160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18162 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18163 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18164 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18168 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18169 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18170 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18174 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18175 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18177 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18178 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18179 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18181 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18182 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18184 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18185 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18187 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18189 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18191 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18192 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18193 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18194 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18195 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18198 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18199 initial Subject field, respectively.
18201 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18202 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18205 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18206 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18208 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18210 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18211 Save draft and send message.
18213 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18214 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18215 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18218 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18219 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18220 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18222 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18223 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18224 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18225 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18226 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18227 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18229 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18230 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18232 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18233 message and scan line.
18235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18237 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18238 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18240 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18241 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18242 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18243 delete the draft message.
18249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22092 27717 888268 464000))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18251 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18253 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18255 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18257 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18259 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18260 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22086 11929
18267 ;;;;;; 970062 731000))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18270 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18271 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18272 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18274 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18275 the MH mail system.
18277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18279 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18280 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18281 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18283 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18284 the MH mail system.
18286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18288 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18289 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18291 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18292 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18293 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18296 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18297 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18298 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18301 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18305 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18306 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18307 can be used in several ways.
18309 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18310 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18311 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18312 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18316 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18317 The range must be nonempty.
18322 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18323 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18330 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18333 All of the messages.
18335 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18336 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18338 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18339 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18340 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18342 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22086 11929 978062
18350 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18352 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18353 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18354 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18357 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18359 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18361 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18362 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18366 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18367 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18368 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18369 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18370 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18371 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18372 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18373 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18374 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18375 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18376 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18380 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18381 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18382 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18383 to its second argument TM.
18385 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22086 11929
18390 ;;;;;; 978062 731000))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18393 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18394 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18395 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18398 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18400 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18402 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18403 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18405 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18406 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18408 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18409 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18410 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18411 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18412 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18413 is modified to remove the default indication.
18415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22086 11929 982062 731000))
18420 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18422 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18423 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18424 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18425 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18426 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18427 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18428 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18429 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18430 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18434 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18435 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18436 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18437 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18438 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18439 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18440 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18441 The return value is always nil.
18443 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22086 11929 982062
18449 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18450 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18452 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18453 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18455 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18456 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18457 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18460 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18461 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18462 end of the search space).
18464 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18465 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18466 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18467 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18468 should return the previous buffer to search.
18470 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18471 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18472 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18474 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18475 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18476 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18479 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18480 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18481 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18483 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18484 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18485 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18487 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18488 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18490 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18491 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18492 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18496 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18497 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18498 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18499 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18500 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18501 whose names match the specified regexp.
18503 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18505 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18506 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18507 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18508 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18509 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18510 whose names match the specified regexp.
18512 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18514 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18515 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18516 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18517 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18518 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18519 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18520 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18522 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18524 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18525 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18526 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18527 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18528 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18529 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18530 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18532 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22086
18537 ;;;;;; 11930 210062 731000))
18538 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18539 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18541 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18542 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22086 11929
18549 ;;;;;; 818062 731000))
18550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18552 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18553 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18555 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22086 11929
18560 ;;;;;; 818062 731000))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18563 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18564 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18566 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18568 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18569 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18570 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18571 the entire message.
18572 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18574 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22086 11929
18579 ;;;;;; 818062 731000))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18582 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18583 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18584 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18585 the entire message.
18586 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18588 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22086 11929 818062
18594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18596 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18597 Insert file contents of URL.
18598 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18602 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18603 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22086 11929 818062
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18613 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18614 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18615 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18616 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18617 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18619 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18621 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18622 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18623 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18625 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22086 11929 822062 731000))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18632 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18633 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18637 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18638 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18639 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18640 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18641 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18643 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18644 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18645 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18646 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18647 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18648 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18650 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22086 11929 822062
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18658 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18661 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18663 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18666 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22086 11929 822062
18672 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18674 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18677 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18679 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18682 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18684 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18687 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18689 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18692 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18694 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18697 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18699 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18702 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18704 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22096 24780
18712 ;;;;;; 204094 47000))
18713 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18715 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22086 11930
18720 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18723 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18725 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18726 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18727 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18728 followed by the first character of the construct.
18730 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18731 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18732 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18733 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18734 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18735 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18736 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18737 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18738 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18739 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18740 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18741 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18742 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18745 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18746 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18747 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22086 11930 130062
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18757 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18758 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18760 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18762 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18763 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18765 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18767 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18768 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18770 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18772 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18773 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18775 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22086 11929 982062
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18783 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18784 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18786 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18787 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18788 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18790 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18791 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18792 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18794 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18795 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18797 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18798 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18799 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18800 hemisphere you're in.)
18802 To test this function, evaluate:
18803 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18805 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18807 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18808 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18810 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18811 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18813 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18814 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18815 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18817 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18818 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18820 To test this function, evaluate:
18821 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18823 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22105 39773 859886 896000))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18830 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18831 Main entry point for MPC.
18837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22086 11930 130062 731000))
18838 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18840 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18841 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22086 11929 986062 731000))
18848 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18850 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18851 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18852 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18855 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18857 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18859 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18862 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18863 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18865 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18866 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22086
18873 ;;;;;; 11929 882062 731000))
18874 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18876 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18877 Display a list of all character sets.
18879 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18880 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18881 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18882 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18883 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18885 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18886 but still shows the full information.
18890 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18891 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18892 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18894 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18895 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18896 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18897 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18898 meanings of these arguments.
18900 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18902 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18903 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18905 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18908 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18910 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18913 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18915 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18917 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18918 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18920 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18921 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18923 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18924 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18925 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18926 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18927 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18928 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18929 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18930 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18931 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18932 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18933 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18934 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18935 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18936 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18937 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18938 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18942 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18943 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18947 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18948 Display a list of all coding systems.
18949 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18951 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18952 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18956 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18957 Display a list of all coding categories.
18961 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18962 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18963 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18965 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18967 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18968 Display information about FONTSET.
18969 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18971 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18973 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18974 Display a list of all fontsets.
18975 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18976 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18977 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18981 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18982 Display information about all input methods.
18986 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18987 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18989 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18990 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18991 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18992 system which uses fontsets).
18996 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18997 Show log of font listing and opening.
18998 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18999 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19001 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22108
19006 ;;;;;; 15942 546032 987000))
19007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19009 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19010 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19012 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19013 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19015 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19016 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19018 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19020 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19021 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19022 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19023 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19024 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19025 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19026 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19028 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19029 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19030 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19031 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19032 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19033 middle of a character in STR.
19035 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19036 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19038 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19039 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19040 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19041 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19042 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19044 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19046 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19047 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19049 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19050 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19051 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19053 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19054 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19055 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19057 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19058 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19059 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19061 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19062 longer than KEYSEQ.
19063 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19065 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19067 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19068 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19069 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19070 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19071 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19072 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19073 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19074 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19075 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19076 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19077 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19079 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19081 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19082 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19084 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19086 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19087 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19089 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19091 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19092 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19094 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19096 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19097 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19099 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19101 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19102 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19103 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19104 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19105 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19107 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19108 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19110 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19111 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19112 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19113 coding systems ordered by priority.
19115 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19117 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19119 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19120 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19121 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19122 language environment LANG-ENV.
19124 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19126 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19127 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19128 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19129 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19130 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19131 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19133 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19135 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19136 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19137 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19138 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19139 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19141 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19143 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19144 part of the file/buffer.
19145 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19147 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19149 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19150 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19151 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19152 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19153 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19155 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19157 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19158 part of the file/buffer.
19159 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19161 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22086 11929
19166 ;;;;;; 998062 731000))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19169 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19170 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19174 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19175 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19179 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19180 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19184 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19185 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19189 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19190 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19194 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19195 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19197 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19199 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19201 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19202 `ping-program-options'.
19206 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19207 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19211 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19212 Run nslookup program.
19216 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19217 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19221 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19226 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19231 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19232 Finger USER on HOST.
19234 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19236 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19237 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19238 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19239 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19241 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19243 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19248 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19249 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19251 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19253 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19254 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19256 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22086 11929 998062
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19264 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19265 Return a user name/password pair.
19266 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19267 listed in the PORTS list.
19269 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22086
19274 ;;;;;; 11929 998062 731000))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19277 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19278 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19279 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19280 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19281 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19284 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19286 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19287 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19288 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19289 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19290 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19291 a port number to connect to.
19293 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19296 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19298 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19299 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19300 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19301 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19302 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19303 an unencrypted connection.
19304 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19305 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19306 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19307 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19308 returned object is a killed process.
19309 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19310 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19311 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19313 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19314 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19315 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19316 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19317 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19318 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19319 or nil if none could be found.
19320 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19321 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19323 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19325 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19326 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19327 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19329 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19330 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19331 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19333 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19334 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19335 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19337 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19338 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19339 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19340 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19342 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19343 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19345 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19346 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19347 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19348 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19349 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19350 or STARTTLS connections.
19352 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19353 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19355 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19356 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19358 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19359 a greeting from the server.
19361 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19362 asynchronously, if possible.
19364 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19366 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22092
19371 ;;;;;; 27717 964268 464000))
19372 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19374 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19375 Check whether newsticker is running.
19376 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19377 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19381 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19382 Start the newsticker.
19383 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19384 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19385 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19386 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19388 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19393 ;;;;;; (22092 27717 980268 464000))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19396 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19397 Start newsticker plainview.
19403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22086
19404 ;;;;;; 11929 998062 731000))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19407 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19408 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22086
19415 ;;;;;; 11929 998062 731000))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19418 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19419 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19420 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19421 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19426 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19427 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19428 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22109
19436 ;;;;;; 36809 263889 179000))
19437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19439 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19440 Start newsticker treeview.
19446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22086 11929 822062
19448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19450 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19451 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19453 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22086 11929 822062
19459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19461 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19462 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19463 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19464 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19465 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19466 symbol in the alist.
19468 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22086 11929
19473 ;;;;;; 826062 731000))
19474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19476 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19477 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19478 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22102 63557 304509 103000))
19485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19487 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19488 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19490 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22086 11930 22062 731000))
19495 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19497 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19499 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19500 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19501 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19503 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19506 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19508 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19509 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19510 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19511 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19512 to future sessions.
19514 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19516 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19517 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19518 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19519 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19522 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22086
19527 ;;;;;; 11930 318062 731000))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19530 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19531 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19533 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19534 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19535 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22086 11930 2062 731000))
19542 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19543 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22086 11930
19548 ;;;;;; 26062 731000))
19549 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19551 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19552 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19553 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19554 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19556 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22086 11930
19561 ;;;;;; 26062 731000))
19562 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19564 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19565 Major mode for editing XML.
19567 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19568 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19569 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19570 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19571 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19572 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19573 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19575 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19577 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19578 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19580 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19581 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19582 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19583 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19586 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19587 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19588 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19589 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19590 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19591 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19593 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19594 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19595 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19597 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19598 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19599 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19601 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19602 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19603 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19604 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19605 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19606 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19607 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19608 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19609 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19611 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19613 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19614 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19617 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22086 11930
19622 ;;;;;; 26062 731000))
19623 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19625 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19626 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19627 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19628 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22086 11930
19635 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
19636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19638 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19639 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19641 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19642 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19643 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19644 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19646 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19649 \\{octave-mode-map}
19653 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19654 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19655 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19657 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19659 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19660 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19662 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19663 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19664 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19668 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22086 11930
19673 ;;;;;; 214062 731000))
19674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19676 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19678 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19679 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19680 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19681 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19682 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19684 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19688 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19689 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19690 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19691 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19692 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19693 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19694 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19695 Directories to search when finding external units.
19696 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19697 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19701 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19702 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22092 27718 88268 464000))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19711 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19712 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19714 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19716 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19717 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19718 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19719 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19720 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19721 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19723 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19725 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19726 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19727 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19728 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19729 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19731 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19733 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19734 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19738 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19739 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19743 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19744 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19745 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19747 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19748 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19749 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19750 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19751 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19752 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19753 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19754 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19755 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19756 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19758 The following commands are available:
19764 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19765 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19767 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19768 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19769 in special contexts.
19771 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19772 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19773 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19774 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19775 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19776 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19777 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19778 properties in the buffer.
19779 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19780 including any drawers.
19782 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19784 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19785 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19786 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19787 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19788 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19789 and zoom in further.
19790 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19791 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19793 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19794 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19795 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19796 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19797 times right after creating a new headline.
19799 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19800 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19801 is negative, go up that many levels.
19803 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19804 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19805 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19807 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19808 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19809 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19810 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19815 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19816 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19817 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19820 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19822 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19823 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19824 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19825 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19826 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19827 defined by Org-mode).
19829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19831 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19832 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19836 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19837 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19841 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19842 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19843 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19844 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19847 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19849 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19850 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19851 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19852 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19854 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19855 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19856 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19858 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19859 part of Org's core.
19861 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19866 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19867 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19868 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19872 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19873 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19874 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19879 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19880 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19882 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19884 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19885 Switch between Org buffers.
19886 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19887 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19889 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19890 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19894 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19896 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19898 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19899 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19900 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19901 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19905 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19906 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19908 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19910 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19911 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19912 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19916 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19917 Reload all org lisp files.
19918 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19920 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19922 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19923 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22092 27718
19930 ;;;;;; 24268 464000))
19931 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19933 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19934 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19938 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19939 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19940 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19941 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19943 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19944 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19945 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19946 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19947 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19948 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19949 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19950 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19951 e Export views to associated files.
19952 s Search entries for keywords.
19953 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19954 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19955 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19956 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19957 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19958 > Remove a previous restriction.
19959 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19960 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19961 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19963 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19964 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19965 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19967 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19968 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19969 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19970 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19973 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19976 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19977 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19978 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19979 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19980 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19981 before running the agenda command.
19983 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19985 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19986 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19987 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19988 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19989 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19990 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19991 before running the agenda command.
19993 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19994 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19996 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19998 category The category of the item
19999 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20000 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20001 todo selected in TODO match
20002 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20003 diary imported from diary
20004 deadline a deadline on given date
20005 scheduled scheduled on given date
20006 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20007 closed entry was closed on given date
20008 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20009 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20010 block entry has date block including g. date
20011 todo The todo keyword, if any
20012 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20013 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20014 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20015 extra Sting with extra planning info
20016 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20017 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20018 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20020 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20022 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20023 Store agenda views.
20025 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20028 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20030 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20032 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20033 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20034 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20035 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20037 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20038 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20039 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20041 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20042 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20044 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20045 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20047 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20049 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20050 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20052 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20053 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20054 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20055 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20058 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20059 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20060 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20061 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20062 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20063 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20065 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20066 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20067 including newlines.
20069 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20070 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20071 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20072 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20073 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20074 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20075 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20077 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20078 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20079 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20080 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20082 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20083 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20084 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20085 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20086 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20087 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20088 Boolean search must match as full words.
20090 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20091 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20093 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20095 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20096 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20097 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20098 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20099 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20100 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20104 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20105 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20106 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20108 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20110 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20111 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20112 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20113 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20114 `org-stuck-projects'.
20116 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20119 Return diary information from org files.
20120 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20121 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20122 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20123 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20124 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20126 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20128 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20130 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20131 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20135 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20136 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20137 So the example above may also be written as
20139 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20141 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20142 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20143 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20145 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20147 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20148 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20150 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20152 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20153 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20154 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20155 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20156 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20158 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20160 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20161 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20162 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20166 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20167 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20168 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20171 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20172 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20174 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20175 for filtering entries out.
20177 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20178 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20179 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20181 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20182 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20184 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20185 (category \"Work\"))
20187 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20188 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20190 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20191 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20192 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20193 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20194 details and examples.
20196 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20197 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20199 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22086 11930
20204 ;;;;;; 82062 731000))
20205 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20207 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20208 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20210 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20212 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20214 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20215 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20216 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20217 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20218 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20219 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20221 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20222 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20223 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20226 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20228 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20229 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20232 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20233 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20234 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20235 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20237 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20239 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20240 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22086 11930
20247 ;;;;;; 82062 731000))
20248 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20250 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20251 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20255 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20260 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20261 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20262 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20264 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20266 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20267 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20269 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20271 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20272 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20274 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20276 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20277 Write the column view table.
20278 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20280 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20281 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20282 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20283 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20284 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20285 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20286 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20287 using `org-id-find'.
20288 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20289 a hline before each level <= that number.
20290 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20291 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20293 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20294 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20296 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20298 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20299 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20303 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20304 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22086 11930
20311 ;;;;;; 82062 731000))
20312 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20314 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20315 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22092 27718 44268
20323 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20325 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20326 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22086 11930
20333 ;;;;;; 98062 731000))
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20336 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20337 The release version of org-mode.
20338 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20342 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20343 The Git version of org-mode.
20344 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22086 11930 118062
20352 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20353 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20354 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20356 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20357 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20358 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20359 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20361 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20362 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20363 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20364 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20366 \\{outline-mode-map}
20367 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20368 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20369 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20370 are used when point is on a heading line.
20372 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20373 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20374 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20376 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20377 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20381 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20382 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20383 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20384 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20385 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20387 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20390 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22092 27717
20395 ;;;;;; 636268 464000))
20396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20397 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20399 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20400 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20401 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20402 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20403 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20405 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20406 activate the package system at any time.")
20408 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20410 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20411 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20412 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20413 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20414 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20416 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20417 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20418 loading packages twice.
20420 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20422 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20423 Import keys from FILE.
20425 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20427 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20428 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20429 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20430 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20431 and make them available for download.
20432 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20433 downloads in the background.
20435 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20437 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20438 Install the package PKG.
20439 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20440 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20442 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20443 `package-selected-packages'.
20445 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20446 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20448 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20450 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20451 Install a package from the current buffer.
20452 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20453 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20454 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20456 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20457 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20458 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20460 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20464 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20465 Install a package from a file.
20466 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20471 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20472 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20473 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20477 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20478 Reinstall package PKG.
20479 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20484 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20485 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20487 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20488 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20493 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20494 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20496 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20498 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20499 Display a list of packages.
20500 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20501 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20502 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20504 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20506 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22086 11930 122062 731000))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20513 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20514 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20515 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20517 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20518 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20520 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20522 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20523 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20525 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20526 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20528 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20529 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20530 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22086
20537 ;;;;;; 11929 534062 731000))
20538 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20539 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20541 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20542 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20543 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20544 unknown are returned as nil.
20546 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22092 27718
20551 ;;;;;; 228268 464000))
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20554 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20555 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20556 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20558 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20559 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20561 Other useful functions are:
20563 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20564 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20565 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20566 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20567 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20568 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20569 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20570 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20571 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20573 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20575 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20576 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20577 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20578 Indentation for case statements.
20579 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20580 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20582 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20583 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20584 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20585 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20586 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20587 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20588 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20589 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20590 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20591 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20593 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20594 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22086
20601 ;;;;;; 11930 122062 731000))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20604 (defvar password-cache t "\
20605 Whether to cache passwords.")
20607 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20609 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20610 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20611 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20613 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20615 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20616 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20618 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22091 6875 247217
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20626 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20627 Eval EXP and perform ML-style pattern matching on that value.
20628 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20630 Patterns can take the following forms:
20631 _ matches anything.
20632 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20633 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20634 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20635 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20636 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20637 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20638 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20639 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20640 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20641 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20642 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20643 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20645 FUN can take the form
20646 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20647 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20648 which is the value being matched.
20649 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20650 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20651 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20652 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20653 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20654 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20655 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20657 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20658 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20660 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20662 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20664 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20665 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20667 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20669 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20671 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20672 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20673 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20674 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20675 variable name being but a special case of it).
20677 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20679 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20681 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20683 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20684 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20685 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20686 of the form (PAT EXP).
20688 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20690 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20692 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20693 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20694 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20695 of the form (PAT EXP).
20696 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20697 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20700 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20702 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20704 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20707 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20709 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20711 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20712 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20713 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20716 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20718 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20720 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22086 11930 122062
20726 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20728 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20729 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22086 11930 122062
20737 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20739 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20740 Completion for `gzip'.
20744 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20745 Completion for `bzip2'.
20749 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20750 Completion for GNU `make'.
20754 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20755 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20759 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22086 11930
20764 ;;;;;; 122062 731000))
20765 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20767 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20768 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20772 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20773 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20777 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20778 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22086 11930 122062
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20788 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20789 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22086 11930 122062
20797 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20799 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20800 Completion for `cd'.
20804 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20806 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20807 Completion for `rmdir'.
20811 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20812 Completion for `rm'.
20816 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20817 Completion for `xargs'.
20821 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20823 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20824 Completion for `which'.
20828 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20829 Completion for the `chown' command.
20833 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20834 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20838 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20839 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20843 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20844 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20845 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22086 11930 122062
20853 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20856 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20861 Completion for the `ack' command.
20862 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20867 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20869 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20870 Completion for the `ag' command.
20876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22086 11930 122062
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20880 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20881 Support extensible programmable completion.
20882 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20883 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20887 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20888 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20892 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20893 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20894 This will modify the current buffer.
20898 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20899 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20903 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20904 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20905 This will modify the current buffer.
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20910 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20915 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20919 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20920 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20921 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20922 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20923 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20925 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20928 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22092 27718 548268 464000))
20935 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20937 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20938 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20939 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20940 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20942 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20944 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20946 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20947 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20948 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20949 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20950 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20951 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20954 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20956 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20957 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20958 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20959 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20960 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20961 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20962 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20963 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20965 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20967 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20968 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20969 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20970 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20971 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20972 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20973 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20976 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20978 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20979 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20980 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20981 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20982 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20983 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20984 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20986 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20988 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20989 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20990 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20992 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20994 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20995 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20996 A value of nil means never do it.
20997 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20998 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20999 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21001 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21003 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21004 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21005 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22086 11930
21010 ;;;;;; 378062 731000))
21011 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21013 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21014 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22086
21019 ;;;;;; 11930 214062 731000))
21020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21021 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21022 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21023 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21024 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21025 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21026 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21028 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21029 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21030 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21031 Tab indents for Perl code.
21032 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21033 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21034 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21036 Variables controlling indentation style:
21037 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21038 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21039 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21040 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21041 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21042 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21043 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21045 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21046 `perl-indent-level'
21047 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21048 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21049 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21050 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21051 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21052 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21053 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21054 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21055 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21056 `perl-brace-offset'
21057 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21058 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21059 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21060 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21061 `perl-label-offset'
21062 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21063 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21064 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21066 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21067 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21068 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21069 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21070 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21071 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21072 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21074 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22086 11930
21081 ;;;;;; 318062 731000))
21082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21084 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21085 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21086 \\<picture-mode-map>
21087 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21088 afterwards settable by these commands:
21090 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21091 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21092 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21093 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21095 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21096 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21097 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21098 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21100 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21101 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21102 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21103 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21105 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21106 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21107 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21108 with these commands:
21110 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21111 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21112 Move to column following last
21113 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21114 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21115 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21116 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21117 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21118 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21120 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21122 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21123 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21124 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21125 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21126 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21127 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21129 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21130 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21131 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21132 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21133 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21134 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21135 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21137 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21138 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21139 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21140 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21141 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21142 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21143 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21144 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21146 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21147 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21148 by supplying an argument.
21150 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21152 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21153 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21157 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22086 11930 2062
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21164 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21166 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21167 Start a Pinentry service.
21169 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21170 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21172 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21175 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22086 11929 842062
21181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21183 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21184 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21186 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21188 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21189 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22086 11930 322062
21197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21199 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21200 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21201 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21203 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22086 11930 130062 731000))
21208 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21210 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21211 Play pong and waste time.
21212 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21213 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21215 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22086 11929 846062 731000))
21224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21226 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21227 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21228 Use streaming commands.
21230 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22086 11929 682062
21236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21238 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21239 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21240 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21241 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21243 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21245 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21246 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21250 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21251 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21252 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21253 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21254 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21256 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21258 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21259 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21260 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21262 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21265 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21267 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21270 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21271 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21272 Ignores leading comment characters.
21276 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21277 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21278 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21279 Ignores leading comment characters.
21285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22092 27718 128268
21287 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21288 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21290 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21291 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21293 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21295 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21297 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21300 Preview directory using ghostview.
21302 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21303 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21304 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21305 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21307 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21308 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21309 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21310 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21311 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21314 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21316 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21319 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21321 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21322 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21323 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21324 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21326 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21327 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21328 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21329 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21330 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21333 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21335 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21337 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21338 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21340 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21341 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21342 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21343 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21345 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21346 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21347 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21348 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21349 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21352 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21354 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21356 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21357 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21359 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21361 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21362 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21363 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21364 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21366 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21367 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21368 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21369 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21370 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21373 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21375 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21377 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21378 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21380 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21381 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21382 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21384 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21385 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21386 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21387 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21389 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21392 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21394 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21395 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21396 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21398 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21399 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21400 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21401 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21403 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21406 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21408 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21409 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21410 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21412 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21413 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21414 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21415 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21417 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21420 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21422 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21424 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21425 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21426 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21428 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21429 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21430 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21431 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21433 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21436 Preview region using ghostview.
21438 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21440 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21442 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21443 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21445 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21447 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21449 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21450 Print region using PostScript printer.
21452 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21454 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21456 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21457 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21459 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21461 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21463 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21464 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21466 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21468 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21470 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21471 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21473 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21475 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21478 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21480 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21482 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21484 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21485 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21487 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21489 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21491 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21492 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21493 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21494 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21496 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21499 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21500 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21502 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21504 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21506 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21507 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21508 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21509 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21513 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21514 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21515 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21516 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21520 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21521 Print directory using text printer.
21523 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21526 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21527 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21529 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21531 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21534 Print buffer using text printer.
21538 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21539 Print region using text printer.
21543 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21544 Print major mode using text printer.
21548 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21549 Preview spooled PostScript.
21551 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21552 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21553 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21555 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21556 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21557 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21559 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21561 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21562 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21564 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21565 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21566 instead of sending it to the printer.
21568 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21569 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21570 image in a file with that name.
21572 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21574 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21575 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21577 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21578 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21579 instead of sending it to the printer.
21581 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21582 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21583 image in a file with that name.
21585 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21587 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21588 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21590 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21591 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21592 instead of sending it to the printer.
21594 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21595 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21596 image in a file with that name.
21598 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21601 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21603 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21606 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21608 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21611 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21613 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21615 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21616 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21618 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21621 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21623 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21625 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21626 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21628 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21629 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21630 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21631 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21633 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21634 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21635 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21636 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21637 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21638 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21641 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21643 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21644 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21648 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21649 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21651 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21653 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21658 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21659 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21663 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21664 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21668 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21669 Toggle printing with faces.
21673 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21678 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21683 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21686 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21688 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21693 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21698 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21699 Toggle upside-down.
21703 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21704 Toggle line number.
21708 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21709 Toggle zebra stripes.
21713 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21714 Toggle printing header.
21718 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21719 Toggle printing header frame.
21723 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21728 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21729 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21733 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21738 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21739 Customization of the `printing' group.
21741 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21744 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21746 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21748 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21749 Help for the printing package.
21751 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21753 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21754 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21758 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21759 Interactively select a text printer.
21763 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21764 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21768 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21769 Show current ps-print settings.
21771 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21773 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21774 Show current printing settings.
21776 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21778 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21779 Show current lpr settings.
21781 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21784 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21786 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21787 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21788 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21789 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21792 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21794 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21795 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21796 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21798 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21799 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21800 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21801 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21802 current active printer.
21804 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21805 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21806 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21809 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21810 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21811 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21812 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21813 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21816 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21817 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21819 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21821 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21822 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21823 be done using the new current active printer.
21825 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21826 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21829 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21830 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21831 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21832 instead of sending it to the printer.
21834 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21835 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21838 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21841 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21844 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21846 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21847 Fast fire function for text printing.
21849 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21850 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21851 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21852 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21854 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21855 user for a new active text printer.
21857 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21859 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21861 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21862 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21865 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21867 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21870 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22092 27718 128268 464000))
21875 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21877 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21878 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21879 \\<proced-mode-map>
21880 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21881 the process information.
21883 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21885 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22086 11930 134062
21894 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21896 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21897 Start/restart profilers.
21898 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21899 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21900 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21904 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21905 Open profile FILENAME.
21907 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21909 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21910 Open profile FILENAME.
21912 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21914 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21915 Open profile FILENAME.
21917 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22088 30660
21922 ;;;;;; 79412 927000))
21923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21925 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21926 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21927 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21928 the user for a different directory to look in.
21930 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21932 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21933 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project.
21934 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21935 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21937 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21939 (autoload 'project-or-libraries-find-regexp "project" "\
21940 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project or libraries.
21941 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21942 pattern to search for.
21944 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22086 11930
21949 ;;;;;; 218062 731000))
21950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21952 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21953 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21955 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21956 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21958 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21960 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21961 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21964 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21968 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21969 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21970 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21974 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21975 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21976 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22092 27718 404268 464000))
21983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21985 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21986 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21987 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21989 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22086 11930
21994 ;;;;;; 218062 731000))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21996 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21998 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21999 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22001 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22003 The following variables hold user options, and can
22004 be set through the `customize' command:
22007 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22008 `ps-mode-print-function'
22010 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22014 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22017 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22023 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22024 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22025 The keymap for this second window is:
22027 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22030 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22031 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22032 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22033 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22034 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22092 27718 412268
22042 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22043 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22045 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22046 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22047 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22049 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22051 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22052 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22053 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22054 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22056 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22058 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22059 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22063 nil Do not print colors.
22067 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22068 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22070 Any other value is treated as t.")
22072 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22074 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22075 Customization of ps-print group.
22079 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22080 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22082 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22083 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22084 sending it to the printer.
22086 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22087 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22088 image in a file with that name.
22090 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22092 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22093 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22094 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22095 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22096 so it has a way to determine color values.
22098 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22100 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22101 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22102 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22104 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22106 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22107 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22108 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22109 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22110 so it has a way to determine color values.
22112 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22114 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22115 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22116 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22117 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22119 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22123 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22124 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22125 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22126 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22127 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22129 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22133 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22134 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22135 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22137 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22139 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22141 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22142 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22143 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22144 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22145 so it has a way to determine color values.
22147 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22149 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22151 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22152 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22154 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22155 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22156 instead of sending it to the printer.
22158 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22159 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22160 image in a file with that name.
22162 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22164 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22165 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22166 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22167 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22168 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22172 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22173 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22174 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22176 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22178 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22179 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22180 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22182 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22184 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22185 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22189 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22190 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22192 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22193 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22195 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22196 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22198 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22200 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22202 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22204 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22205 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22207 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22208 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22210 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22211 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22213 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22215 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22217 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22219 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22220 foreground and background colors respectively.
22222 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22223 bold - use bold font.
22224 italic - use italic font.
22225 underline - put a line under text.
22226 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22227 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22228 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22229 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22230 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22232 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22234 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22086 11929 550062
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22241 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22243 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22244 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22245 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22247 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22249 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22250 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22251 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22253 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22092 27718
22258 ;;;;;; 244268 464000))
22259 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22260 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22262 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22264 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22266 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22267 Run an inferior Python process.
22269 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22270 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22271 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22272 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22273 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22275 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22276 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22277 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22278 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22280 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22281 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22282 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22284 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22286 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22287 Major mode for editing Python files.
22289 \\{python-mode-map}
22295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22086 11929 846062 731000))
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22298 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22299 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22300 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22303 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22304 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22306 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22307 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22308 them into characters should be done separately.
22310 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22086 11929
22315 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
22316 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22318 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22319 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22323 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22324 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22325 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22327 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22328 `quail-activate', which see.
22330 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22332 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22333 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22334 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22335 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22336 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22337 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22338 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22340 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22341 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22342 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22343 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22344 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22346 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22348 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22349 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22350 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22351 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22352 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22353 list of candidates.
22355 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22356 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22357 command to be called.
22359 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22360 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22361 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22362 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22364 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22365 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22366 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22367 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22368 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22371 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22372 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22373 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22374 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22376 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22377 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22378 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22379 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22380 defines no translations for single character keys.
22382 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22383 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22384 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22385 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22386 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22387 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22389 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22390 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22391 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22392 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22393 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22394 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22396 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22397 covers Quail translation region.
22399 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22400 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22401 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22402 for it) is inserted.
22404 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22405 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22406 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22408 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22409 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22410 non-Quail commands.
22412 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22414 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22415 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22417 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22418 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22419 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22420 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22421 you type is correctly handled.
22423 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22425 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22426 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22428 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22431 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22433 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22434 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22435 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22436 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22437 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22438 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22439 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22440 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22441 for the translation.
22442 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22444 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22445 it is used to handle KEY.
22447 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22448 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22449 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22450 the following annotation types are supported.
22452 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22453 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22455 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22458 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22459 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22460 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22463 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22464 generated for the following translations.
22466 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22468 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22469 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22471 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22472 which to install MAP.
22474 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22476 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22478 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22479 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22481 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22482 which to install MAP.
22484 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22486 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22488 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22489 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22490 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22491 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22492 a function, or a cons.
22493 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22494 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22495 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22496 for the translation.
22497 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22498 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22499 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22500 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22501 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22503 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22504 it is used to handle KEY.
22506 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22507 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22508 current Quail package.
22510 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22511 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22513 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22515 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22516 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22518 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22519 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22521 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22523 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22524 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22526 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22528 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22529 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22530 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22531 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22532 of the Emacs source tree.
22534 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22535 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22537 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22538 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22541 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22086
22546 ;;;;;; 11929 922062 731000))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22549 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22550 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22551 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22552 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22554 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22559 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 930062 731000))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22562 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22563 Activate UCS input method.
22564 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22566 While this input method is active, the variable
22567 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22569 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22086 11930 2062
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22577 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22578 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22579 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22580 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22582 To make use of this do something like:
22584 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22586 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22588 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22589 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22591 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22592 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22593 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22595 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22597 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22598 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22600 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22602 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22603 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22605 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22608 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22610 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22611 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22613 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22614 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22615 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22617 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22619 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22620 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22622 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22624 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22625 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22629 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22630 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22632 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22634 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22638 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22639 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22092 27717 984268
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22649 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22650 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22652 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22654 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22658 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22660 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22663 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22665 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22666 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22667 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22669 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22670 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22672 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22674 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22675 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22677 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22678 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22086
22685 ;;;;;; 11929 682062 731000))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22688 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22690 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22691 Construct a regexp interactively.
22692 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22693 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22694 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22696 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22697 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22086 11930 254062
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22707 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22708 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22709 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22711 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22712 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22714 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22716 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22717 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22719 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22720 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22722 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22723 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22724 were operated on recently.
22726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22087 9807 394279 951000))
22731 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22733 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22734 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22735 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22736 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22739 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22740 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22743 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22745 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22746 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22747 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22749 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22750 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22753 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22755 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22756 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22757 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22759 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22761 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22762 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22764 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22765 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22767 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22770 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22771 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22772 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22773 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22776 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22778 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22779 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22781 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22783 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22784 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22788 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22789 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22790 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22791 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22792 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22793 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22794 and point is at the lower right corner.
22796 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22798 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22799 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22801 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22802 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22804 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22805 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22806 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22808 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22810 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22812 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22813 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22814 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22815 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22816 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22818 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22819 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22821 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22823 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22824 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22825 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22827 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22829 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22831 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22833 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22834 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22836 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22837 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22838 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22840 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22842 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22843 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22844 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22846 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22847 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22848 rectangle which were empty.
22850 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22852 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22853 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22855 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22856 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22857 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22858 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22860 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22862 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22863 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22864 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22086 11930
22871 ;;;;;; 322062 731000))
22872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22874 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22875 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22880 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22881 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22882 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22885 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22086 11930
22892 ;;;;;; 330062 731000))
22893 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22894 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22895 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22896 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22897 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22899 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22900 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22904 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22905 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22907 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22908 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22910 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22911 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22912 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22915 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22916 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22917 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22919 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22920 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22921 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22923 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22924 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22926 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22927 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22929 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22930 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22933 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22937 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22938 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22939 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22092
22946 ;;;;;; 27718 512268 464000))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22948 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22949 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22950 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22951 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22086
22956 ;;;;;; 11929 682062 731000))
22957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22959 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22960 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22961 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22962 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22963 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22964 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22966 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22967 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22969 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22971 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22972 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22974 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22976 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22977 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22978 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22979 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22981 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22086 11929 682062
22987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22988 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22086 11930
22993 ;;;;;; 334062 731000))
22994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22995 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22997 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22998 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22999 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23000 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23002 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23004 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23006 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23007 Call `remember' in another frame.
23009 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23011 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23012 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23013 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23017 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23018 Extract diary entries from the region.
23022 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23023 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23024 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23025 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23027 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23029 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23030 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23031 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23034 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23036 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23039 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23040 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23041 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23043 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22086 11930 258062 731000))
23048 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23049 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23051 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23052 Repeat most recently executed command.
23053 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23054 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23055 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23057 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23058 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23059 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23060 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23062 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23063 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23064 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23066 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22086 11929
23071 ;;;;;; 938062 731000))
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23074 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23075 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23077 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23078 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23079 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23080 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23081 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23082 and point is left after the salutation.
23084 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23085 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23086 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23087 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23088 left after that text.
23090 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23093 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23094 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23095 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23096 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23098 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22086 11930 262062
23104 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23106 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23107 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23108 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23109 visibility of comments that precede it.
23110 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23111 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23112 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23113 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23114 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23115 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23116 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23117 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23119 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23120 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23121 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23122 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23123 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22086 11930 262062 731000))
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23132 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23133 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23134 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23135 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23136 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23138 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23139 reveals invisible text around point.
23141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23143 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23144 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23145 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23148 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23150 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23152 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23153 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23154 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22086 11929 682062
23166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23168 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23169 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23173 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23174 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23176 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22086 11930 6062
23182 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23184 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23185 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23186 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23187 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23189 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23191 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23192 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23193 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23194 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23196 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23197 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23199 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23200 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23202 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23203 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23206 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23207 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23208 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23209 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23210 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23212 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23213 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23214 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23215 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23217 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23218 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23221 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22092 27717 884268
23227 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23229 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23230 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23232 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23234 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23236 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23237 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23238 Its name should end with a slash.")
23240 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23241 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23243 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23244 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23245 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23247 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23249 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23250 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23251 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23252 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23253 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23254 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23255 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23257 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23258 sent by you under different user names.
23259 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23261 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23263 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23265 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23267 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23268 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23269 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23272 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23274 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23275 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23276 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23277 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23278 which normally happens once for each message,
23279 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23280 To make a change in this variable take effect
23281 for a message that you have already viewed,
23282 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23284 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23286 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23287 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23288 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23289 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23291 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23293 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23294 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23296 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23298 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23299 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23300 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23302 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23304 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23305 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23306 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23307 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23308 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23309 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23311 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23313 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23314 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23316 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23318 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23319 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23321 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23323 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23324 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23326 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23327 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23329 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23331 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23332 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23334 This is set to nil by default.")
23336 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23337 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23338 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23339 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23340 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23341 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23342 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23344 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23345 Read and edit incoming mail.
23346 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23347 file in RMAIL Mode.
23348 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23350 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23351 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23352 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23353 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23355 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23357 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23359 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23360 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23361 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23362 Instead, these commands are available:
23364 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23365 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23366 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23367 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23368 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23369 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23370 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23371 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23372 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23373 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23374 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23375 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23376 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23377 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23378 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23379 till a deleted message is found.
23380 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23381 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23382 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23383 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23384 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23385 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23386 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23387 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23388 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23389 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23390 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23391 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23392 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23393 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23394 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23395 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23396 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23397 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23398 (label defaults to last one specified).
23399 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23400 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23401 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23402 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23403 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23404 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23405 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23406 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23407 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23411 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23412 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23414 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23416 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23417 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23419 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22086 11929
23424 ;;;;;; 942062 731000))
23425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23426 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23428 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23429 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23430 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23431 case it writes Babyl.
23433 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23434 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23435 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23436 `rmail-default-file'.
23438 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23439 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23440 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23442 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23443 the header display is currently pruned.
23445 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23446 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23447 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23448 messages after output.
23450 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23451 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23452 message (if writing a file directly).
23454 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23455 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23457 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23459 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23460 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23461 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23462 i) the header is output as currently seen
23463 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23464 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23466 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23467 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23468 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23470 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23472 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23473 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23474 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23475 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23476 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23477 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23478 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23480 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23481 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23482 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23484 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22086 11930
23489 ;;;;;; 26062 731000))
23490 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23492 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23493 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23496 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22086 11930
23501 ;;;;;; 30062 731000))
23502 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23504 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23505 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23506 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23507 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22086 11930
23514 ;;;;;; 30062 731000))
23515 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23517 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23518 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23520 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23521 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23522 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23523 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23524 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23525 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23526 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23527 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23528 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23529 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23531 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23532 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23533 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23534 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23535 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23536 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23537 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23538 to use for finding the schema.
23540 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22086 11930 30062
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23548 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23550 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23551 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23552 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23553 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23554 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23555 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23556 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23557 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23558 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23559 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23560 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23561 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23562 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23563 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23564 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23565 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23568 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22086 11929
23573 ;;;;;; 882062 731000))
23574 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23576 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23577 Define a robin package.
23579 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23580 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23581 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23582 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23584 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23585 one replaces the old one.
23587 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23589 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23590 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23592 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23593 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23594 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23596 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23598 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23599 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23601 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22086 11930 266062 731000))
23606 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23608 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23609 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23611 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23613 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23614 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23616 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23618 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23619 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23621 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23623 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23624 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23625 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23627 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23628 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23631 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23635 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23636 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22086 11930 338062
23644 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23647 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23648 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23651 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23652 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23659 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23660 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23665 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23666 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23667 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22089
23674 ;;;;;; 51528 360929 316000))
23675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23676 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23678 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23679 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23685 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23687 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22086 11930 266062
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23694 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23696 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23697 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23698 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23700 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23701 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23702 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23703 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23704 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22086 11929 686062
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23714 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23715 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23716 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23717 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23719 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23721 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23722 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23723 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23725 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23726 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23727 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23729 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23733 matches string STRING literally.
23736 matches character CHAR literally.
23738 `not-newline', `nonl'
23739 matches any character except a newline.
23742 matches any character
23747 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23748 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23749 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23751 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23752 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23753 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23754 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23756 `(not (any SET ...))'
23757 matches any character not in SET ...
23759 `line-start', `bol'
23760 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23761 in the text being matched
23764 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23766 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23767 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23768 string being matched against.
23770 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23771 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23772 string being matched against.
23775 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23776 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23779 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23780 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23783 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23785 `word-start', `bow'
23786 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23789 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23792 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23795 `(not word-boundary)'
23796 `not-word-boundary'
23797 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23801 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23804 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23806 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23807 matches 0 through 9.
23810 matches ASCII control characters.
23812 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23813 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23816 matches space and tab only.
23819 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23820 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23821 unassigned by Unicode.
23823 `printing', `print'
23824 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23826 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23827 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23828 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23830 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23831 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23832 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23835 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23838 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23840 `lower', `lower-case'
23841 matches anything lower-case.
23843 `upper', `upper-case'
23844 matches anything upper-case.
23846 `punctuation', `punct'
23847 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23848 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23850 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23851 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23854 matches anything that has word syntax.
23857 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23860 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23861 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23862 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23864 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23865 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23868 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23869 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23870 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23871 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23872 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23874 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23875 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23876 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23877 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23878 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23880 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23881 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23883 `(category CATEGORY)'
23884 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23885 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23887 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23888 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23889 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23890 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23894 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23895 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23896 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23897 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23898 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23899 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23900 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23901 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23902 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23903 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23904 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23905 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23906 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23907 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23916 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23920 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23922 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23927 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23928 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23930 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23931 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23932 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23933 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23934 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23936 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23937 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23938 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23939 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23941 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23942 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23943 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23946 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23947 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23948 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23949 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23950 regular expression.
23952 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23953 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23954 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23955 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23956 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23958 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23959 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23961 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23962 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23964 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23966 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23969 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23970 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23973 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23974 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23976 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23978 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23981 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23984 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23986 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23987 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23989 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23992 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23995 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23999 matches N occurrences.
24002 matches N or more occurrences.
24004 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24005 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24006 matches N to M occurrences.
24009 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24012 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24016 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24018 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22086 11930
24023 ;;;;;; 6062 731000))
24024 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24025 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22086 11930 266062
24031 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24032 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24034 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24035 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24036 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24039 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24041 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24043 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24044 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24046 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24047 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24049 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24050 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24051 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24052 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24054 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24055 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24056 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22086 11930 266062
24064 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24066 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24067 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24068 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24069 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24070 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24071 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24073 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24075 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24076 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24077 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24078 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22086 11930
24085 ;;;;;; 222062 731000))
24086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24088 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24089 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24090 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24092 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24093 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24094 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24095 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24096 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24097 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24098 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24099 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24102 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24103 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24104 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24108 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24109 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24110 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24113 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24114 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24115 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24116 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24117 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24118 that variable's value is a string.
24124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22086 11929
24125 ;;;;;; 850062 731000))
24126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24128 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24129 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24130 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24132 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22089 51528 372929
24140 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24142 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24143 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24144 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24146 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24147 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24149 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24151 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24152 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24153 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24154 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24155 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24157 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24158 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22086 11930
24165 ;;;;;; 270062 731000))
24166 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24168 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24169 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24171 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24172 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24173 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24174 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24175 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22086 11930 6062
24183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24184 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24185 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22092 27717
24190 ;;;;;; 568268 464000))
24191 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24192 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24194 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24195 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24196 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24198 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24199 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24200 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24201 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24202 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24203 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24204 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24205 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24206 keybinding for tag names.
24207 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24208 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24209 of the symbol under point.
24210 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24211 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24212 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24213 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24214 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24216 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24218 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24220 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24221 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24222 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24225 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24227 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24229 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24230 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24233 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24235 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24236 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24237 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24238 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24241 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24248 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 554062 731000))
24249 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24251 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24252 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24259 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 578062 731000))
24260 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24262 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24263 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22086 11929
24270 ;;;;;; 946062 731000))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24273 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24274 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24276 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24278 If `parens', they look like:
24279 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24280 If `angles', they look like:
24281 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24283 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24284 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24286 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24288 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24289 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24290 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24291 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24293 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24294 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24295 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24296 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24298 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24300 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24301 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24302 This is done when the message is initialized,
24303 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24305 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24307 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24308 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24309 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24311 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24313 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24314 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24315 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24316 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24317 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24318 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24319 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24321 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24323 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24324 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24326 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24328 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24329 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24330 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24333 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24335 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24336 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24337 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24338 when you first send mail.")
24340 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24342 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24343 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24344 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24345 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24346 This file need not actually exist.")
24348 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24350 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24351 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24353 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24355 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24356 Alist of mail address aliases,
24357 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24358 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24359 can specify a different file name.)
24360 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24361 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24363 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24364 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24365 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24367 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24369 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24370 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24371 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24373 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24375 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24376 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24377 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24378 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24379 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24380 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24381 in the cited portion of the message.
24383 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24384 instead of no action.")
24386 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24388 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24389 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24390 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24391 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24392 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24394 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24396 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24397 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24398 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24399 If a string, that string is inserted.
24400 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24401 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24402 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24403 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24405 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24407 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24408 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24410 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24412 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24413 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24414 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24416 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24417 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24419 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24421 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24422 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24423 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24424 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24426 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24428 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24429 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24430 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24434 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24436 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24439 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24441 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24442 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24443 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24445 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24446 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24448 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24449 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24450 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24451 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24452 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24453 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24454 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24455 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24456 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24457 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24458 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24459 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24460 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24461 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24465 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24466 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24467 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24468 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24470 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24472 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24473 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24474 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24475 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24476 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24477 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24479 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24480 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24481 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24483 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24484 User should not set this variable manually,
24485 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24486 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24487 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24489 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24490 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24491 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24492 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24494 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24495 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24498 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24500 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24501 to move to message header fields:
24504 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24505 when the message is initialized.
24507 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24508 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24510 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24513 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24514 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24516 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24517 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24518 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24519 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24520 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24521 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24522 buffer without erasing the contents.
24524 The second through fifth arguments,
24525 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24526 the initial contents of those header fields.
24527 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24528 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24529 original message being replied to, or else an action
24530 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24531 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24532 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24533 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24534 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24535 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24537 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24539 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24540 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24542 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24544 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24545 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24547 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22086 11929 686062
24553 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24554 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22093 48588 588393 539000))
24559 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24561 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24563 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24565 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24567 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24568 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24569 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24570 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24571 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24572 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24574 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24575 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24577 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24578 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24579 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24581 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24584 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24586 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24587 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24588 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24589 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24591 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24593 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24594 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24595 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24597 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24598 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24600 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24602 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24603 Toggle Server mode.
24604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24605 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24606 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24608 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24609 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24610 `server-start' for details.
24612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24614 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24615 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24616 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24618 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24619 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24621 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22092 27718 416268 464000))
24626 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24628 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24629 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24631 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24632 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24633 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24634 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24635 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24637 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24638 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24639 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24640 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24641 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24642 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24644 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24647 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24648 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24649 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24651 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24652 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24654 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24655 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24658 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24660 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24661 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24663 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22092
24670 ;;;;;; 27718 512268 464000))
24671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24673 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24674 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24676 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24679 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24680 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24681 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24683 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24686 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24688 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24689 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24694 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24695 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24696 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24697 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24698 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24699 which this is based.
24701 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24703 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24704 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24705 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24706 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24708 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24709 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24710 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24712 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24713 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24714 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24715 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24717 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24718 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24719 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24720 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24722 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24724 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24725 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24726 To work around that, do:
24727 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22092
24736 ;;;;;; 27718 260268 464000))
24737 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24738 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24739 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24741 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24742 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24743 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24744 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24745 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24746 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24748 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24749 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24750 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24751 shell-specific features.
24753 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24754 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24755 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24757 \\[sh-case] case statement
24758 \\[sh-for] for loop
24759 \\[sh-function] function definition
24760 \\[sh-if] if statement
24761 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24762 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24763 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24764 \\[sh-select] select loop
24765 \\[sh-until] until loop
24766 \\[sh-while] while loop
24768 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24769 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24770 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24771 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24772 would indent to the way it currently is.
24773 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24774 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24777 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24778 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24779 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24780 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24781 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24783 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24784 unquoted < insert a here document.
24786 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24787 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24788 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24790 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24791 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24795 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22086 11929
24800 ;;;;;; 686062 731000))
24801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24803 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24804 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24806 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24807 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24808 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24810 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24811 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24812 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24813 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24816 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24818 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24820 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24821 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24822 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24824 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24825 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24827 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24828 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24829 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24830 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24831 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24832 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24833 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24836 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24837 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24838 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24839 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24840 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24842 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24843 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24845 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22086 11930 278062
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24853 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24854 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24855 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24856 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24857 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24858 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24859 sites in the cluster.
24863 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24864 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24865 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24866 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24867 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24871 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24872 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24873 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24874 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24875 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24876 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24877 `shadow-define-cluster').
24881 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24882 Set up file shadowing.
24888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22086 11930 278062 731000))
24889 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24891 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24892 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24893 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24894 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24895 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24898 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24900 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24901 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24902 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24903 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24904 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24906 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24907 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24908 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24909 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24910 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24911 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24912 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24913 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24914 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24915 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24916 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24918 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24919 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24920 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24921 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24922 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24923 `default-process-coding-system'.
24925 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24926 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24927 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24928 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22087 9807 382279 951000))
24937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24939 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24940 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24942 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24944 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24945 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24946 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24947 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24949 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22086 11929 850062
24955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24957 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24960 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24962 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24965 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24967 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24970 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24972 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24975 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22086 11929
24980 ;;;;;; 850062 731000))
24981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24983 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24984 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24985 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24986 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24987 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24989 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22092 27718
24996 ;;;;;; 288268 464000))
24997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24999 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25000 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25001 \\{simula-mode-map}
25002 Variables controlling indentation style:
25003 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25004 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25005 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25006 `simula-indent-level'
25007 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25008 `simula-substatement-offset'
25009 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25010 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25011 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25012 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25013 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25014 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25015 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25016 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25017 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25018 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25019 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25020 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25021 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25022 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25023 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25024 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25025 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25026 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25027 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25028 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25029 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25030 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25031 or nil if they should not be changed.
25032 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25033 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25034 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25035 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25037 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25038 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22086 11930 290062
25046 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25048 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25049 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25051 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25052 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25053 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25054 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25056 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25058 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25060 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25062 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25063 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25064 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25065 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25066 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25068 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25069 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25071 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25073 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25074 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25076 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25077 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25078 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25079 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25081 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25082 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25083 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25084 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25086 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25087 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25088 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25090 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25091 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25093 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25094 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25096 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25097 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25099 _ interesting point, interregion here
25100 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25101 interesting point set by _
25102 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25103 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25104 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25105 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25106 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25107 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25110 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25111 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25113 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25114 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25115 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25116 as the first element when at bol.
25118 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25119 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25120 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25121 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25122 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25123 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25124 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25125 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25127 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25128 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25129 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25130 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25131 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25134 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25135 then: insert previously read string once more
25136 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25137 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25138 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25140 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25141 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25143 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25145 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25146 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25148 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25149 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25150 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25151 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25152 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25155 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25156 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25157 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25158 twice for the others.
25164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22092 27718
25165 ;;;;;; 548268 464000))
25166 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25168 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25169 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25170 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25173 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25175 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25176 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25178 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25179 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25180 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25184 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25185 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25186 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22086 11929 850062
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25196 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25197 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25198 A list of images is returned.
25200 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25202 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25203 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25204 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22086 11929
25211 ;;;;;; 950062 731000))
25212 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25214 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25219 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25220 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22086 11930 130062
25228 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25230 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25231 Play the Snake game.
25232 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25234 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25236 Snake mode keybindings:
25238 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25239 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25240 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25241 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25242 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25243 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25244 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22086 11930
25251 ;;;;;; 10062 731000))
25252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25254 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25255 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25256 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25257 Tab indents for C code.
25258 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25259 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25261 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25266 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25267 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25268 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25269 Tab indents for C code.
25270 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25271 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25273 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25274 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22092 27717
25281 ;;;;;; 988268 464000))
25282 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25283 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22086 11929 534062
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25291 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25292 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25293 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25294 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25295 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25297 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22086 11930
25304 ;;;;;; 130062 731000))
25305 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25307 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25310 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25311 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25312 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25313 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25314 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25315 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25316 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25317 check after each move or undo.)
25321 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25322 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25323 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25342 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25343 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25344 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25345 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25347 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25348 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25349 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25352 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25353 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25355 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25371 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25373 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22086 11930 290062 731000))
25380 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25381 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25383 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25384 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25386 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25387 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25388 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25389 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25392 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25393 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25394 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25397 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25398 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25400 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25401 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25402 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25403 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25406 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25407 It should move point to the end of the record.
25409 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25410 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25411 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25412 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25413 starts at the beginning of the record.
25415 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25416 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25419 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25420 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25421 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25422 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25423 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25424 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25425 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25427 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25429 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25430 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25431 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25432 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25433 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25436 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25438 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25439 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25440 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25441 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25442 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25445 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25447 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25448 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25449 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25450 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25451 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25454 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25455 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25457 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25458 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25459 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25460 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25461 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25462 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25463 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25464 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25465 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25467 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25469 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25470 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25471 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25472 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25473 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25474 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25475 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25478 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25480 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25481 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25482 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25483 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25485 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25486 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25488 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25489 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25490 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25491 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25492 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25493 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25494 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25495 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25497 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25499 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25502 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25503 starting with the letter \"f\",
25504 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25506 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25508 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25509 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25510 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25511 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25512 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25513 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25514 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25517 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25518 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25519 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25520 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25521 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25523 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25525 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25526 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25527 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25529 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25531 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25532 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25533 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25534 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25535 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25536 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25537 each repeated line.
25539 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25540 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25541 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25542 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25544 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25545 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25547 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25548 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25550 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22086 11929 854062 731000))
25555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25557 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25558 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25559 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25560 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25561 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25562 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25564 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22086
25569 ;;;;;; 11929 850062 731000))
25570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25572 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25573 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25575 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25576 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25577 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25579 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25582 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25583 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25586 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25588 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25589 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25590 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25592 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25594 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25595 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25596 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25597 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25602 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25603 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25604 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25605 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22092 27718 452268
25613 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25615 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25617 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25618 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25619 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25620 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25621 supported at a time.
25622 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25623 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25627 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25628 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25629 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25630 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22086 11930 130062
25638 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25640 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25641 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25645 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25646 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22092 27718 320268
25654 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25655 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25657 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25658 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25660 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25661 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25662 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25663 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25664 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25665 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25666 of the current highlighting list.
25670 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25671 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25673 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25674 `_t' as data types.
25676 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25678 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25679 Major mode to edit SQL.
25681 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25682 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25683 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25686 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25688 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25689 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25690 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25691 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25692 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25693 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25695 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25696 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25698 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25699 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25700 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25702 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25704 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25708 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25709 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25711 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25714 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25715 is specified in the connection settings.
25717 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25719 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25720 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25722 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25723 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25725 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25726 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25727 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25728 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25730 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25732 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25734 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25735 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25737 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25738 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25741 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25742 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25743 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25744 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25746 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25747 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25749 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25750 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25751 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25754 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25755 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25756 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25757 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25758 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25759 `default-process-coding-system'.
25761 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25763 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25765 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25766 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25768 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25769 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25772 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25773 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25774 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25775 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25777 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25778 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25780 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25781 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25782 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25785 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25786 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25787 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25788 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25789 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25790 `default-process-coding-system'.
25792 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25794 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25796 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25797 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25799 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25800 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25803 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25804 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25806 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25807 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25809 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25810 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25811 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25814 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25815 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25816 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25817 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25818 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25819 `default-process-coding-system'.
25821 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25823 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25826 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25828 SQLite is free software.
25830 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25831 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25834 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25835 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25836 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25837 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25839 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25840 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25842 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25843 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25844 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25847 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25848 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25849 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25850 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25851 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25852 `default-process-coding-system'.
25854 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25856 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25859 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25861 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25863 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25864 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25867 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25868 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25869 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25870 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25872 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25873 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25875 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25876 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25877 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25880 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25881 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25882 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25883 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25884 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25885 `default-process-coding-system'.
25887 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25889 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25891 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25892 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25894 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25895 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25898 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25899 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25902 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25903 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25905 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25906 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25907 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25910 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25911 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25912 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25913 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25914 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25915 `default-process-coding-system'.
25917 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25921 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25922 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25924 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25925 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25928 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25929 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25931 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25932 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25934 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25935 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25936 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25939 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25940 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25941 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25942 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25943 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25944 `default-process-coding-system'.
25946 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25951 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25953 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25954 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25957 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25958 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25959 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25960 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25962 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25963 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25965 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25966 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25967 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25970 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25971 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25972 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25973 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25974 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25975 `default-process-coding-system'.
25977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25979 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25981 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25982 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25984 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25985 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25988 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25989 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25990 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25991 `sql-postgres-options'.
25993 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25994 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25996 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25997 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25998 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26001 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26002 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26003 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26004 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26005 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26006 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26007 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26008 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26010 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26011 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26013 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26017 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26018 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26020 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26021 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26024 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26025 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26028 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26029 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26031 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26032 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26033 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26036 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26037 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26038 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26039 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26040 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26041 `default-process-coding-system'.
26043 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26045 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26047 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26048 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26050 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26051 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26054 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26057 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26058 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26060 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26061 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26062 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26063 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26065 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26066 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26067 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26070 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26071 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26072 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26073 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26074 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26075 `default-process-coding-system'.
26077 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26079 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26081 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26082 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26084 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26085 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26088 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26089 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26090 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26091 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26094 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26095 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26096 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26097 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26100 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26101 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26103 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26104 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26105 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26108 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26112 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26113 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26115 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22086 11929 578062
26121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26122 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26127 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 582062 731000))
26128 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26130 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26131 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26135 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22086 11929
26140 ;;;;;; 854062 731000))
26141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26143 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26144 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26145 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26146 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26147 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26148 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26149 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26150 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26151 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26152 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26154 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26155 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26156 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26157 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26159 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22086 11930 294062
26165 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26167 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26168 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26169 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26170 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26171 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26172 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26174 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26176 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26178 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26179 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26180 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26181 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26182 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26183 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26184 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26186 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26188 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26189 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26190 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26191 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26192 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26193 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26194 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26196 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26198 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26199 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26200 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26202 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26204 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26205 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26206 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26208 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26210 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26211 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26213 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26215 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26216 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26220 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26221 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26225 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26226 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26227 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26229 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26231 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26233 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26234 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26235 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26238 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26240 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26242 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26243 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26244 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26245 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26246 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26248 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26249 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26250 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26251 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26252 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26254 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26255 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26256 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26257 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26259 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26264 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26265 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26266 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26268 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26270 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26271 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22086 11930 130062
26279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26281 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26282 Studlify-case the region.
26284 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26286 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26287 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26289 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26291 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26292 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22086 11930
26299 ;;;;;; 226062 731000))
26300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26302 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26304 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26305 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26306 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26307 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26308 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26310 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26311 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26312 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26313 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26315 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26316 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26317 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26319 Nomenclature Subwords
26320 ===========================================================
26321 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26322 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26323 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26325 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26326 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26328 \\{subword-mode-map}
26330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26332 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26333 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26334 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26337 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26339 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26341 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26342 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26343 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26344 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26345 ARG is omitted or nil.
26347 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26348 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26349 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26353 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26354 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26356 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26357 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26359 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26360 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26361 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26362 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26364 \\{superword-mode-map}
26366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26368 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26369 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26370 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26373 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26375 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26377 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26378 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26379 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26380 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26381 ARG is omitted or nil.
26383 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26384 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26385 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22086 11929
26392 ;;;;;; 950062 731000))
26393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26395 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26396 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26397 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26398 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26399 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26400 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26401 original message but it does require a few things:
26403 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26405 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26408 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26409 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26412 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26414 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26416 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26417 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26418 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22086 11930 298062
26426 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26428 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26430 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26431 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26432 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26435 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26437 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26439 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26440 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26442 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26443 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26445 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26446 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26447 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22086 11930 298062 731000))
26454 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26456 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26457 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26458 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26461 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26462 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26463 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26465 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26467 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26468 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26469 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26470 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26471 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26474 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26475 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26476 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26478 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22092 27718 520268
26484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26486 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26487 Insert an editable text table.
26488 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26489 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26490 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26491 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26492 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26493 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26498 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26500 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26505 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26506 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26507 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26508 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26511 +-----+-----+-----+
26513 +-----+-----+-----+
26515 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26517 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26518 width, which results as
26520 +--------------+-----+-----+
26522 +--------------+-----+-----+
26524 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26525 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26529 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26531 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26532 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26533 width information to `table-insert'.
26535 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26541 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26544 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26545 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26550 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26552 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26557 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26560 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26562 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26567 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26570 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26573 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26574 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26575 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26577 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26586 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26588 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26591 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26594 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26595 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26596 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26597 | | |expected results.-!- |
26598 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26601 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26603 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26607 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26609 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26610 Insert N table row(s).
26611 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26612 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26613 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26614 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26618 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26619 Insert N table column(s).
26620 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26621 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26622 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26623 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26627 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26628 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26629 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26631 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26633 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26634 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26635 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26636 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26637 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26638 all the table specific features.
26640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26642 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26647 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26648 Recognize all tables within region.
26649 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26650 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26651 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26654 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26656 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26659 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26661 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26662 Recognize a table at point.
26663 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26664 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26665 the table specific features.
26667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26669 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26674 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26675 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26676 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26677 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26678 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26679 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26680 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26682 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26684 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26689 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26690 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26691 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26692 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26693 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26694 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26697 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26699 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26700 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26701 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26702 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26703 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26704 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26705 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26710 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26711 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26712 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26713 table's rectangle structure.
26715 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26717 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26718 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26719 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26720 table's rectangle structure.
26724 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26725 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26726 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26727 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26728 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26730 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26732 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26733 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26734 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26736 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26737 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26738 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26739 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26740 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26741 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26742 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26744 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26745 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26746 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26747 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26748 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26749 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26750 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26752 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26753 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26754 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26755 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26756 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26757 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26758 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26759 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26761 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26763 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26764 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26765 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26766 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26770 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26771 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26772 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26774 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26776 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26777 Split current cell vertically.
26778 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26782 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26783 Split current cell horizontally.
26784 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26788 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26789 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26790 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26792 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26794 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26795 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26796 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26797 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26799 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26801 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26802 Justify cell contents.
26803 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26804 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26805 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26806 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26808 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26810 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26811 Justify cells of a row.
26812 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26813 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26815 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26817 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26818 Justify cells of a column.
26819 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26820 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26822 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26824 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26825 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26826 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26827 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26828 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26829 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26830 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26831 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26836 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26837 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26838 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26839 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26840 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26841 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26842 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26843 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26844 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26845 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26846 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26848 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26851 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26852 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26853 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26854 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26855 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26856 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26857 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26858 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26859 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26860 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26861 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26864 References used for this implementation:
26867 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26870 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26872 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26873 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26874 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26876 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26878 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26879 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26880 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26881 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26882 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26883 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26884 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26885 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26886 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26887 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26888 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26889 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26890 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26891 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26892 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26893 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26894 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26899 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26900 (table-forward-cell 15)
26901 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26902 (table-forward-cell 16)
26903 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26904 (table-forward-cell 1)
26905 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26908 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26909 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26910 (table-forward-cell 1)
26911 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26913 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26915 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26916 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26917 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26918 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26919 consists from cells of same height.
26923 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26924 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26925 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26926 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26927 column must consists from cells of same width.
26931 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26932 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26933 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26934 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26935 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26936 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26937 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26938 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26939 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26940 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26941 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26942 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
26943 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26944 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26945 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26954 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26955 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26956 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26959 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26961 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26963 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26965 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26969 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26970 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26971 of each row is optional.
26976 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26977 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26978 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26979 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26980 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26982 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26983 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26985 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26986 expression and raw delimiter regular
26987 expression, it parses the specified text
26988 area and extracts cell items from
26989 non-table text and then forms a table out
26992 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26993 creates a single cell table. The text in
26994 the specified region is placed in that
26997 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27000 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27001 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27002 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27004 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27005 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27006 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27007 | area and extracts cell items from |
27008 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27011 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27012 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27013 | the specified region is placed in that |
27015 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27017 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27018 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27021 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27022 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27023 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27024 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27025 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27026 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27027 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27028 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27029 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27031 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27032 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27033 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27034 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27036 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27038 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27039 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27040 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27042 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27044 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27045 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27046 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27047 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27048 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22086 11930 298062 731000))
27055 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27057 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27058 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27060 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27062 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27063 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22086 11930 298062
27071 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27073 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27074 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27075 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27076 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27077 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27078 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27079 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27081 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27082 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27083 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27084 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27086 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22086 11930 230062
27095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27097 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27098 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27099 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27100 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27101 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27102 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27104 Variables controlling indentation style:
27106 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27107 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27108 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27110 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27111 documentation for details):
27112 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27113 Controls action of TAB key.
27115 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27116 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27117 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27118 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27119 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27121 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27122 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27127 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27128 Run inferior Tcl process.
27129 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27130 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27134 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27135 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27136 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27138 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22086 11930 14062
27144 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27146 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27147 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27148 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27149 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27151 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27152 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27153 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27154 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27155 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27157 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27159 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27160 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27161 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27162 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22102 63557 312509 103000))
27169 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27171 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27172 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27173 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27174 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27175 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27176 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27178 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27180 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27181 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27182 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27183 commands to use in that buffer.
27185 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27187 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27189 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27190 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27192 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27194 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27195 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27196 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27197 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27198 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27199 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27200 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27201 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27202 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27203 use in that buffer.
27204 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27206 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22086
27211 ;;;;;; 11929 686062 731000))
27212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27214 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27215 Start coverage on function under point.
27221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22086 11930 130062
27223 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27224 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27226 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27227 Play the Tetris game.
27228 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27229 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27230 as to form complete rows.
27232 tetris-mode keybindings:
27233 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27234 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27235 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27236 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27237 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27238 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27239 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27240 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27241 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22092 27718
27248 ;;;;;; 524268 464000))
27249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27251 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27252 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27254 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27256 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27257 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27258 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27259 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27260 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27262 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27264 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27265 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27266 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27267 if it matches the first line of the file,
27268 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27270 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27272 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27273 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27274 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27275 if the variable is non-nil.")
27277 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27279 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27280 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27282 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27284 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27285 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27286 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27287 See the documentation of that variable.")
27289 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27291 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27292 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27293 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27294 See the documentation of that variable.")
27296 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27298 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27299 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27300 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27301 See the documentation of that variable.")
27303 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27305 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27306 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27307 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27308 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27309 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27311 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27313 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27314 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27315 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27316 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27318 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27320 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27321 User defined LaTeX block names.
27322 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27324 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27326 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27327 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27328 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27329 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27331 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27333 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27334 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27335 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27336 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27338 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27340 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27341 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27342 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27343 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27345 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27346 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27349 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27350 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27352 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27355 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27357 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27358 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27359 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27360 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27361 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27363 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27365 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27367 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27368 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27369 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27371 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27373 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27374 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27375 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27376 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27377 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27379 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27381 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27382 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27384 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27386 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27387 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27389 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27391 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27392 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27393 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27394 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27395 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27396 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27397 says which mode to use.
27401 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27403 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27405 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27407 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27408 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27409 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27410 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27411 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27413 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27414 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27415 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27416 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27417 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27418 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27419 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27421 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27422 mismatched $'s or braces.
27425 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27429 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27431 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27432 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27433 tex-dvi-print-command
27434 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27435 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27436 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27437 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27438 tex-dvi-view-command
27439 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27440 tex-show-queue-command
27441 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27442 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27444 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27445 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27446 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27450 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27451 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27452 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27453 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27454 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27456 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27457 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27458 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27459 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27460 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27461 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27462 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27464 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27465 mismatched $'s or braces.
27472 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27474 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27475 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27476 tex-dvi-print-command
27477 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27478 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27479 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27480 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27481 tex-dvi-view-command
27482 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27483 tex-show-queue-command
27484 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27485 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27487 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27488 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27489 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27493 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27494 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27495 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27496 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27497 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27499 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27500 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27501 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27502 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27503 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27504 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27505 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27507 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27508 mismatched $'s or braces.
27511 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27515 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27517 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27518 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27519 tex-dvi-print-command
27520 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27521 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27522 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27523 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27524 tex-dvi-view-command
27525 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27526 tex-show-queue-command
27527 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27528 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27530 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27531 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27532 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27533 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27537 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27542 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27543 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22086 11930
27550 ;;;;;; 350062 731000))
27551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27553 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27554 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27555 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27556 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27558 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27559 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27560 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27562 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27564 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27565 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27566 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27567 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27568 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27570 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27572 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27573 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27574 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27575 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27577 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27578 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27579 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27580 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27582 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27583 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27585 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22086 11930
27590 ;;;;;; 350062 731000))
27591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27593 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27594 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27596 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27598 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27599 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27601 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27603 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27604 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27606 It has these extra commands:
27607 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27609 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27610 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27611 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27612 modified version of TeX input format.
27614 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27615 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27616 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27617 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27619 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27620 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27621 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27622 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27623 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27624 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27625 in the Texinfo file.
27627 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27628 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27629 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27630 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27631 move forward past the closing brace.
27633 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27634 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27636 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27637 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27638 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27640 Here are the functions:
27642 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27643 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27644 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27646 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27647 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27648 texinfo-master-menu
27650 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27652 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27653 which menu descriptions are indented.
27655 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27656 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27659 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27660 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27661 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27662 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27664 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27665 be the first node in the file.
27667 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27668 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22086
27675 ;;;;;; 11929 902062 731000))
27676 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27678 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27679 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27680 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27681 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27685 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27686 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27688 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27690 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27691 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27695 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27698 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22086 11930 354062
27704 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27706 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27707 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27708 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27709 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27710 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27711 `line', and `page'.
27713 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27715 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27716 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27717 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27718 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27719 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27720 `line', and `page'.
27722 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27725 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27726 positions of the thing found.
27728 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27730 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27731 Return the THING at point.
27732 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27733 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27734 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27735 `line', `number', and `page'.
27737 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27738 strip text properties from the return value.
27740 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27741 a symbol as a valid THING.
27743 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27745 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27746 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27750 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27751 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27755 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27756 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27760 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27761 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22086 11930 354062 731000))
27768 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27770 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27771 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27775 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27776 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27777 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27778 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27780 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27782 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27783 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27787 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27788 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27792 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27794 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27795 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22086 11929
27802 ;;;;;; 690062 731000))
27803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27804 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22086
27809 ;;;;;; 11929 906062 731000))
27810 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27812 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27813 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27814 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27818 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27819 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27821 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27823 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27824 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27825 The returned string has no composition information.
27827 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27829 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27830 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27832 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27834 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27835 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27837 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27839 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27840 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27841 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27842 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27844 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27846 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27847 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27848 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27849 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27851 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27853 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27854 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27855 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27859 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27860 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27861 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27865 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27868 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27870 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27873 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27875 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27878 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22086 11930
27883 ;;;;;; 354062 731000))
27884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27885 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27887 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27888 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27889 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27890 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27892 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27893 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27894 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27896 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27898 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27899 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27900 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27901 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27903 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27904 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27905 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27907 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27909 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27910 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27913 * character before point is a space character,
27914 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27916 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27917 characters) from before the space character, and
27918 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27919 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27923 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27924 * character before point is a space character, and
27925 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27926 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27927 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27929 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27933 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27934 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27936 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27937 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27938 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27939 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27941 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27942 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27943 variable will be set to the representation.
27945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22086 11930 354062 731000))
27950 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27952 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27953 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27955 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27956 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27958 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27959 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27960 This display updates automatically every minute.
27961 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27962 are displayed as well.
27963 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27967 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27968 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27969 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27972 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27974 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27976 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27977 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27980 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27982 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27983 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27984 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27985 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27986 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27990 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27991 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27992 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27993 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27997 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27998 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27999 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28000 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28002 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28004 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28005 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22086
28012 ;;;;;; 11929 538062 731000))
28013 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28015 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28016 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28017 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28019 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28020 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28021 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28022 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28023 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28024 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28026 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28027 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28029 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28032 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28034 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28036 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28037 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28038 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28040 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28042 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28043 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28044 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28045 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28047 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28048 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28049 DATE should be a date-time string.
28051 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28053 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28054 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28055 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28057 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28059 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28060 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28062 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28064 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28065 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28067 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28069 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28070 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28071 TIME should be a time value.
28072 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28074 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28076 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28077 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28078 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28080 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28082 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28083 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28084 The valid format specifiers are:
28085 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28086 %d is the number of days.
28087 %h is the number of hours.
28088 %m is the number of minutes.
28089 %s is the number of seconds.
28090 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28091 %% is a literal \"%\".
28093 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28094 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28096 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28097 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28098 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28100 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28101 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28102 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28104 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28106 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28108 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28109 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28111 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22092 27718 528268
28117 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28118 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28119 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28120 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28121 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28122 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28123 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28124 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28125 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28127 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28128 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28129 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28130 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28131 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28132 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28133 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28134 look like one of the following:
28137 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28138 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28139 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28140 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28141 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28142 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28143 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28148 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28149 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28150 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22086
28157 ;;;;;; 11929 538062 731000))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28159 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28161 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28162 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28163 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28164 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28165 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28166 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28168 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28170 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28171 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28172 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28173 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28174 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28175 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28176 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28177 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28178 display (non-nil means on).
28180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28182 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28183 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28184 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28185 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28186 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28187 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28188 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28189 this function is called within a day.
28191 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28192 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28193 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28194 discover the name of the project.
28196 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28198 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28199 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28200 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28201 begun during the last time segment.
28203 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28204 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28205 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28206 discover the reason.
28208 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28210 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28211 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28212 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28213 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28214 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28216 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28218 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28219 Change to working on a different project.
28220 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28221 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28222 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28225 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28227 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28228 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28229 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28233 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28234 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28235 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28239 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28240 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28241 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28242 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28243 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28244 \"relative to today\".
28246 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28248 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28249 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28250 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28251 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28253 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28255 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28256 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28257 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28258 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28259 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28260 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28262 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28267 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 886062 731000))
28268 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28270 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28271 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28272 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28273 the generated Quail package is saved.
28275 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28277 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28278 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28279 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28280 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28281 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28282 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28283 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28285 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22086 11930 354062 731000))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28291 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28292 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28294 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28295 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28296 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28297 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28298 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28300 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28301 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28302 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28304 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28306 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28307 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28308 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28309 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28310 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28312 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28314 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28315 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28316 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28317 in the menu in two ways:
28318 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28319 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28320 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28322 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28323 keymap or an alist of alists.
28324 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28325 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28327 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22086
28332 ;;;;;; 11929 538062 731000))
28333 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28335 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28336 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28338 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28339 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28340 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28341 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28342 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28343 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28344 file was last visited.
28346 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28347 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28348 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28349 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28350 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28351 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28352 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28353 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28354 for the first item.
28356 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28357 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28358 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28359 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28360 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28361 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28362 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28363 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28365 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28366 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28367 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28368 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28369 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28371 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28372 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28374 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28376 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28377 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28383 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28384 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28386 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28390 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28391 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28393 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22086 11930 358062
28401 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28403 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28404 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28405 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28409 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28410 Add an item to the tool bar.
28411 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28412 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28413 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28414 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28416 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28417 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28418 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28419 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28421 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28422 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28424 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28426 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28427 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28428 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28429 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28430 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28431 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28433 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28434 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28435 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28436 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28438 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28440 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28441 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28442 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28443 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28444 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28445 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28446 properties to add to the binding.
28448 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28450 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28451 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28453 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28455 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28456 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28457 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28458 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28459 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28460 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28461 properties to add to the binding.
28463 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28466 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22086 11929 690062
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28474 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28475 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28476 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28477 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28478 to a tcp server on another machine.
28480 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22086 11929
28485 ;;;;;; 690062 731000))
28486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28488 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28489 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28491 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28493 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28494 Helper function to get internal values.
28495 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28497 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28499 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28500 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28501 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28502 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28504 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28505 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28506 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28507 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28508 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28510 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28511 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28512 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28513 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28515 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28517 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28519 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28520 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28521 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28522 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28524 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28526 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22092 27718 8268 464000))
28531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28533 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28534 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28535 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28537 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28539 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28540 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28542 It can have the following values:
28544 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28545 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28547 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28549 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28550 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28551 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28552 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28554 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28556 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28557 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28558 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28559 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28561 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28562 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28563 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28564 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28565 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28566 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28567 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28568 files which are not really Tramp files.
28570 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28571 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28572 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28573 updated after changing this variable.
28575 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28577 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28578 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28579 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28580 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28582 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28584 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28585 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28586 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28587 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28589 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28590 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28591 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28593 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28594 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28595 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28596 updated after changing this variable.
28598 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28600 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28601 Alist of completion handler functions.
28602 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28603 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28604 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28606 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28607 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28608 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28609 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28611 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28612 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28613 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28615 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28616 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28618 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28619 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28621 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28623 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28628 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28629 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28631 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28633 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28634 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28636 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28639 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22086 11930
28646 ;;;;;; 14062 731000))
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28649 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22086 11930 358062
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28660 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28661 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28662 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28663 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28664 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28665 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28666 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28667 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28669 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28670 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28671 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28673 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28674 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28677 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22086 11929
28682 ;;;;;; 906062 731000))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28685 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28688 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22086
28693 ;;;;;; 11930 354062 731000))
28694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28695 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28696 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28697 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28699 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28700 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28701 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28702 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28703 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28704 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28705 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28707 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28709 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28710 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28711 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28712 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28714 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28718 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28719 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28720 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28721 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28722 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28723 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28724 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28726 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28727 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28729 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28732 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28734 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22086 11930 358062
28742 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28744 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28745 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28746 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28749 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28751 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28753 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28754 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28755 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28757 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28758 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28759 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28760 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28761 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28762 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28763 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28765 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28766 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28768 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28769 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28770 reset the keystroke counter.
28772 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28773 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28774 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28775 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28777 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28778 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28779 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28780 `type-break-schedule' command.
28782 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28783 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28784 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28785 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28786 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28787 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28788 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28789 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28790 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28792 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28793 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28794 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28795 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28796 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28798 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28799 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28800 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28801 approximate good values for this.
28803 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28804 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28806 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28807 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28808 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28809 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28810 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28811 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28813 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28814 a typing break occur. They include:
28816 `type-break-query-mode'
28817 `type-break-query-function'
28818 `type-break-query-interval'
28820 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28822 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28823 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28824 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28829 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28830 Take a typing break.
28832 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28833 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28835 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28836 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28840 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28841 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28842 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28843 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28847 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28848 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28850 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28851 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28852 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28853 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28854 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28855 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28856 average typing speed.)
28858 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28859 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28860 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28861 the computed maximum threshold.
28863 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28864 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28865 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28866 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28867 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28869 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22086 11929 950062 731000))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28876 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28877 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28878 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28879 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28880 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28882 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28887 ;;;;;; (22086 11929 886062 731000))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28890 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28891 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28893 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28895 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28896 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28898 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28901 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28903 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28905 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28906 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28908 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28911 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28913 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28915 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28916 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28918 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28920 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28921 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28923 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28925 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28926 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28928 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28930 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28931 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28933 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28935 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28936 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28938 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28940 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28941 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28943 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28945 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28946 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28948 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22086
28953 ;;;;;; 11930 354062 731000))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28956 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28957 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28958 Works by overstriking underscores.
28959 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28960 which specify the range to operate on.
28962 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28964 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28965 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28966 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28967 which specify the range to operate on.
28969 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22086 11929 950062
28975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28977 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28978 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28979 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28980 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28981 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28982 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28986 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28987 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28988 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28990 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22086 11929
28995 ;;;;;; 690062 731000))
28996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28998 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28999 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29000 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29001 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29003 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22086 11930 366062 731000))
29008 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29010 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29011 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29012 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29013 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29014 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29016 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29017 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29018 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29019 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29020 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29021 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29023 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29024 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29025 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29027 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29028 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29029 the callback is not called).
29031 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29032 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29033 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29036 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29037 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29039 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29040 URL-encoded before it's used.
29042 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29044 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29045 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29046 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29047 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29048 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29050 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22092 27718 528268
29056 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29058 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29059 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29060 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29062 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29063 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29064 `url-generic-parse-url'
29065 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29066 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29067 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29069 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29070 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29071 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29072 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29073 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29074 what type of auth to use
29075 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29076 if one cannot be found in the cache
29078 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29080 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29081 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29083 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29084 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29085 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29086 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29087 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29088 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29089 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29090 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29092 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22086 11930
29097 ;;;;;; 362062 731000))
29098 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29100 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29101 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29103 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29106 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29107 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29109 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29111 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29112 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29114 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22086 11930 362062
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29122 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29125 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22086 11930 362062
29131 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29133 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29134 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29135 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29137 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29139 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29140 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29141 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29142 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29144 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29145 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29146 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29149 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29151 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29152 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29153 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29155 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29157 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22086 11930 362062
29166 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29168 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29169 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29171 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22086 11930 362062
29177 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29179 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29180 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29184 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29185 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29186 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29187 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29188 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29190 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29191 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29193 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22089
29198 ;;;;;; 51528 372929 316000))
29199 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29201 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29202 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29203 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29206 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29208 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29210 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29211 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29212 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29213 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29214 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29218 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29219 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29220 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29221 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29223 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29225 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29226 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29227 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29228 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29229 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29230 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29231 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29232 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29233 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29234 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29236 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29238 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29239 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29240 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29243 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29245 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29246 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29247 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29248 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29250 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29252 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29255 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22092 27718 532268
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29262 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29264 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29265 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29266 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29267 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29268 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22086 11930 366062
29274 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29276 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29279 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22086 11930 366062
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29287 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29288 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29289 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29290 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29291 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29293 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22086 11930
29298 ;;;;;; 366062 731000))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29301 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29304 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29307 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22086 11930 366062
29315 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29317 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29318 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29320 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29322 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29323 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29325 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29327 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29332 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29334 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29336 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29338 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29339 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29341 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22086 11930 366062
29347 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29349 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29352 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29354 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29357 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22086 11930 366062
29363 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29365 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29368 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29370 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29373 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29375 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29378 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29380 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29383 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29385 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29388 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29390 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29393 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29395 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29398 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22086 11930
29403 ;;;;;; 366062 731000))
29404 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29406 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29407 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29409 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29411 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29412 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29413 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29415 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29416 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29417 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29418 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29419 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29420 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29421 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29422 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29423 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29424 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29425 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29426 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29427 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29428 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29430 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29431 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29432 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29434 Here is an example. The URL
29436 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29442 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29443 HOST = \"example.com\"
29445 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29450 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22086 11930
29455 ;;;;;; 366062 731000))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29458 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29459 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22086 11930
29466 ;;;;;; 366062 731000))
29467 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29469 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29470 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29471 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29472 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29473 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29474 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29476 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22086 11930
29481 ;;;;;; 366062 731000))
29482 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29484 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29485 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29486 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29488 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29490 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29491 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29492 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29493 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29495 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22092 27718 532268
29501 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29503 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29504 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29505 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29507 If t, all messages will be logged.
29508 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29509 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29511 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29513 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29516 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29518 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29521 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29523 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29524 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29525 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29526 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29527 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29533 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29535 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29536 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29537 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29539 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29541 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29542 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29543 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29545 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29547 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29548 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29550 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29552 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29553 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29557 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29558 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29562 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29565 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29567 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29570 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29572 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29574 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29575 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29577 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29579 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29580 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29582 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29584 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29587 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29589 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29590 Build a query-string.
29592 Given a QUERY in the form:
29599 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29601 This will return a string
29602 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29603 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29606 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29608 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29609 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29611 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29613 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29614 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29615 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29616 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29617 forbidden in URL encoding.
29619 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29621 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29622 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29623 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29624 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29625 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29626 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29628 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29629 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29630 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29631 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29633 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29635 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29636 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29637 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29638 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29639 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29640 should return it unchanged.
29642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29644 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29645 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29646 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29647 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29649 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29651 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29652 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29653 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29655 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29657 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29658 View the current document's URL.
29659 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29662 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29664 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22092 27718 532268
29670 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29672 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29673 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29674 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29675 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29676 to refrain from editing the file
29677 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29678 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29679 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29680 in any way you like.
29682 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29684 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29685 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29686 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29687 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29688 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29690 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29691 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22086 11929
29698 ;;;;;; 886062 731000))
29699 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29701 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29704 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29706 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29709 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29711 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29714 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29716 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29719 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22086 11929 854062 731000))
29724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29726 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29727 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29729 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22086 11929
29734 ;;;;;; 954062 731000))
29735 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29737 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29738 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29739 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29740 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29742 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29744 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29745 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29746 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29748 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29750 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29751 Uudecode region between START and END.
29752 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29754 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22093 48588 592393 539000))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29761 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29762 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29765 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29767 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29768 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29769 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29771 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29773 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29774 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29777 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29779 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29780 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29782 If FILE is already registered, return the
29783 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29784 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29785 responsible for FILE is returned.
29787 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29789 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29790 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29791 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29792 same state. If not, signal an error.
29794 For merging-based version control systems:
29795 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29796 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29797 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29798 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29799 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29800 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29802 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29803 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29804 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29805 the file(s) for editing.
29806 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29807 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29808 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29809 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29810 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29812 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29814 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29815 Register into a version control system.
29816 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29817 Otherwise register the current file.
29818 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29820 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29821 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29822 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29823 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29824 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29825 first backend that could register the file is used.
29827 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29829 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29830 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29832 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29834 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29835 Display diffs between file revisions.
29836 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29837 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29838 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29840 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29843 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29845 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29846 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29847 repository history using ediff.
29849 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29851 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29852 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29853 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29854 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29855 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29857 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29860 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29862 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29863 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29864 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29865 fileset with the working revision.
29866 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29867 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29869 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29872 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29874 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29875 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29876 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29880 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29881 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29882 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29883 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29887 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29888 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29889 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29890 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29894 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29895 Perform a version control merge operation.
29896 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29897 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29898 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29899 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29901 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29902 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29903 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29904 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29905 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29906 changes from the current branch.
29910 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29911 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29913 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29915 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29917 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29918 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29919 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29920 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29921 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29922 checked out in that new branch.
29924 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29926 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29927 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29928 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29929 named branch in the directory DIR.
29930 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29931 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29932 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29933 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29934 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29935 allowed and simply skipped).
29937 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29939 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29940 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29941 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29942 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29943 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29945 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29946 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29948 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29950 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29951 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29952 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29953 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29954 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29956 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29958 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29959 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29960 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29962 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29964 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29965 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29966 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29968 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29970 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29971 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29973 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29975 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29976 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29977 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29978 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29982 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29984 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29985 Update the current fileset or branch.
29986 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29987 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29988 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29989 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29991 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29992 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29993 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29994 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29995 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29999 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30001 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30002 Push the current branch.
30003 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30004 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30005 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30006 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
30007 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30011 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30012 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30013 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30014 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30015 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30016 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30017 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30019 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30021 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30022 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30023 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30024 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30025 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30026 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30027 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30028 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30029 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30031 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30033 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30034 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30035 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30036 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30040 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30041 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30042 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30043 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30045 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30047 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30048 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30049 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30052 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30054 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30055 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30056 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30058 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30059 log entries should be gathered.
30061 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30063 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30064 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30066 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22086 11930
30071 ;;;;;; 382062 731000))
30072 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30074 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30075 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30077 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30078 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30079 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30080 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30081 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30082 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30084 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30085 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30086 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30087 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30088 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30089 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30090 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30091 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30093 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30095 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30097 Customization variables:
30099 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30100 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30101 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30102 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30103 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30104 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30106 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22086 11930 382062
30112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30114 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30115 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30117 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30118 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30119 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30120 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30122 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30123 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22099 26170 434017
30129 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30130 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30131 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30132 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30133 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30134 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30135 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22086 11930 386062
30141 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30143 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30144 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30145 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30146 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30147 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30149 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30150 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30151 The file lines appear later.
30153 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30154 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30156 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30158 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30160 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22104
30165 ;;;;;; 18893 237441 487000))
30166 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30168 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30169 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30170 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30171 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30172 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30173 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30174 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30175 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30176 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30177 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30178 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30179 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30180 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30181 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30182 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30184 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22097 45637 495432
30190 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30191 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30192 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30193 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30195 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30196 (vc-git-registered file))))
30200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22097 45637 503432 455000))
30201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30202 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30203 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30204 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30206 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30207 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22097 45637 515432
30213 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30215 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30216 Name of the monotone directory.")
30218 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30219 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30220 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30221 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30223 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30224 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22097 45637 527432
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30232 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30233 Where to look for RCS master files.
30234 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30236 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30238 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22086 11930 386062
30244 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30246 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30247 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30248 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30250 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30252 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30254 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30255 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30256 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30257 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22086 11930 386062
30263 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30265 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30266 Where to look for SRC master files.
30267 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30269 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30271 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22101 42694 157526
30277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30278 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30279 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30280 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30283 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30284 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30285 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22092
30290 ;;;;;; 27718 320268 464000))
30291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30292 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30293 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30295 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30296 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30301 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30302 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30303 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30304 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30306 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30307 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30308 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30311 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30312 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30314 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30315 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30317 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30318 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30319 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30321 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30327 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30328 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30330 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30332 Official distribution is at
30333 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30336 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30337 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30349 ;;;;;; (22092 27718 348268 464000))
30350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30352 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30353 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30354 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30355 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30356 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30358 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30360 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30361 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30363 Supports highlighting.
30365 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30366 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30368 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30370 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30371 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30372 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30373 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30374 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30375 on the left side of your screen.
30376 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30377 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30378 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30379 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30380 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30381 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30383 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30384 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30385 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30386 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30389 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30390 Indentation for case statements.
30391 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30392 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30394 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30395 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30396 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30397 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30398 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30399 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30400 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30401 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30402 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30404 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30408 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30409 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30410 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30411 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30412 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30413 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30414 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30415 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30416 comments in tight quarters.
30417 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30418 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30420 Variables controlling other actions:
30422 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30423 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30424 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30426 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30428 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30430 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30431 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30432 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30434 Some other functions are:
30436 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30437 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30438 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30439 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30440 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30442 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30443 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30444 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30445 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30447 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30448 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30449 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30450 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30451 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30452 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30453 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30454 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30455 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30456 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30457 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30458 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30459 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30460 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30461 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30462 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30463 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30464 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30465 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30466 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30467 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30468 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30469 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30470 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30471 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30472 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30473 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30474 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30475 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30476 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30477 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30479 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30480 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30482 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22092
30489 ;;;;;; 27718 400268 464000))
30490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30492 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30493 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30498 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30499 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30500 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30501 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30502 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30503 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30504 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30505 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30506 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30508 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30509 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30510 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30511 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30513 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30514 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30515 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30516 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30517 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30519 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30520 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30524 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30525 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30526 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30530 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30531 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30532 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30533 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30535 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30536 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30537 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30538 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30539 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30543 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30544 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30545 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30546 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30548 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30549 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30550 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30551 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30552 beginning with \"std\").
30554 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30555 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30556 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30561 `--' puts a single comment.
30562 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30563 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30564 with a comment in between.
30565 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30566 out following lines.
30567 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30568 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30569 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30570 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30572 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30573 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30574 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30575 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30576 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30579 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30580 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30581 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30582 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30583 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30584 multi-line comments.
30588 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30589 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30590 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30591 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30594 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30595 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30596 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30597 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30599 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30600 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30603 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30604 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30606 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30607 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30612 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30613 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30614 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30615 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30616 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30617 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30618 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30619 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30621 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30622 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30623 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30624 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30625 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30628 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30629 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30630 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30632 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30633 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30637 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30638 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30639 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30640 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30641 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30642 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30645 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30646 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30647 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30648 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30651 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30655 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30656 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30657 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30658 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30659 internal signal initializations (menu).
30661 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30662 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30663 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30665 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30666 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30667 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30668 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30669 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30670 in subsequent paste operations.)
30672 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30673 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30674 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30677 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30678 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30679 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30680 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30681 association list with formals).
30684 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30685 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30686 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30687 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30688 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30689 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30690 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30691 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30696 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30700 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30704 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30705 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30706 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30708 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30709 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30712 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30713 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30714 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30715 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30717 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30718 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30719 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30721 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30722 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30723 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30724 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30726 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30727 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30728 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30729 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30730 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30732 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30733 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30734 required by secondary units.
30737 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30738 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30739 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30740 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30741 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30742 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30743 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30744 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30745 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30746 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30747 inputs to this component -> input port created
30748 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30749 outputs from this component -> output port created
30750 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30751 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30753 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30754 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30755 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30756 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30757 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30759 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30760 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30762 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30763 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30764 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30765 component instantiation is also supported (option
30766 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30768 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30769 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30770 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30771 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30772 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30773 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30774 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30775 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30776 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30777 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30778 generating the configuration.
30780 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30781 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30782 configurations in speedbar.
30784 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30787 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30788 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30789 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30790 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30791 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30792 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30793 information. New compilers can be added.
30795 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30796 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30799 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30800 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30801 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30802 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30803 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30805 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30808 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30809 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30810 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30812 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30813 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30814 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30815 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30816 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30817 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30818 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30819 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30820 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30823 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30824 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30825 not (yet) supported.
30826 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30827 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30828 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30832 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30833 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30834 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30835 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30836 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30837 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30838 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30839 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30841 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30842 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30843 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30844 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30845 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30846 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30847 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30848 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30849 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30850 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30851 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30855 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30856 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30857 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30858 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30859 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30860 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30861 current directory for VHDL source files.
30865 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30866 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30870 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30871 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30872 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30873 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30874 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30875 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30876 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30877 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30880 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30881 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30882 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30883 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30884 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30885 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30886 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30888 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30889 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30890 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30891 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30892 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30893 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30895 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30896 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30897 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30898 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30899 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30902 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30903 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30904 highlighted if written in lower case.
30906 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30907 highlighted using a different background color if option
30908 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30910 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30911 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30912 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30913 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30914 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30918 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30919 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30920 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30924 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30925 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30926 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30927 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30928 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30932 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30933 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30935 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30936 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30937 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30938 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30939 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30940 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30941 (used to obtain the port names).
30942 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30943 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30948 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30949 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30953 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30954 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30955 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30956 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30957 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30958 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30959 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30964 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30965 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30966 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30967 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30968 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30970 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30971 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30972 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30973 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30974 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30977 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30978 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30982 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30983 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30984 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30986 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30990 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30991 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30993 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30995 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30997 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31001 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31007 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31008 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31010 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31012 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31013 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31014 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31015 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31017 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31018 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31019 where the latest version can be found.
31025 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31026 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31027 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31028 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31031 The VHDL Mode Authors
31032 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22086
31044 ;;;;;; 11929 906062 731000))
31045 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31047 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31048 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31050 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31052 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31053 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31054 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31055 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31059 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31060 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31064 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31065 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31066 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31067 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31071 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31072 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31076 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31079 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31081 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31084 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22086 11930 390062 731000))
31089 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31091 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31092 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31093 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31095 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31097 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31098 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31099 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31100 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31102 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31104 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31105 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31107 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31109 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31110 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31111 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31112 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31113 moving around in the buffer.
31114 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31115 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31117 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31121 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31122 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31123 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31124 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31126 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31127 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31128 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31129 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31130 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31132 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31136 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31137 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31138 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31139 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31142 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31143 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31144 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31145 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31146 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31148 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31152 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31153 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31154 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31155 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31156 moving around in the buffer.
31157 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31158 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31160 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31162 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31163 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31164 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31166 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31167 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31168 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31169 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31171 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31172 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31173 own View-like bindings.
31175 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31177 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31178 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31179 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31180 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31181 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31182 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31183 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31185 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31187 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31189 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31190 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31191 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31193 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31194 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31195 own View-like bindings.
31197 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31199 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31200 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31201 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31202 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31203 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31204 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31205 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31207 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31209 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31211 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31212 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31213 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31215 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31216 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31217 own View-like bindings.
31219 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31221 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31222 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31224 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31225 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31227 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31228 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31229 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31230 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31234 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31235 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31236 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31237 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31238 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31239 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31240 to a repeat count of one.
31242 H, h, ? This message.
31243 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31244 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31245 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31246 > move to the end of buffer.
31247 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31248 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31249 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31250 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31251 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31252 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31253 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31254 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31255 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31256 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31257 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31258 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31259 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31260 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31261 Use this to view a changing file.
31262 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31263 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31264 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31266 x exchanges point and mark.
31267 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31268 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31269 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31270 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31271 ' go to position saved in character register.
31272 s do forward incremental search.
31273 r do reverse incremental search.
31274 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31275 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31276 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31277 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31278 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31279 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31280 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31281 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31282 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31283 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31284 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31285 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31286 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31287 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31288 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31289 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31290 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31292 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31293 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31294 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31295 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31296 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31297 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31298 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31299 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31300 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31302 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31306 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31307 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31308 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31309 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31310 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31311 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31312 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31313 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31314 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31316 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31318 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31320 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31321 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31322 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31323 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31324 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31325 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31327 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31328 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31329 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31331 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31333 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31335 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31337 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31338 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22086 11929 698062
31346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31347 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31349 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31350 Toggle Viper on/off.
31351 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31355 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31356 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22086
31363 ;;;;;; 11929 690062 731000))
31364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31366 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31367 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31368 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31369 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31370 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31371 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31372 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31373 the beginning of the warning.")
31375 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31376 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31377 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31378 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31379 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31380 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31381 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31382 also call that function before the next warning.")
31384 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31385 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31387 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31388 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31389 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31390 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31392 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31393 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31394 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31395 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31396 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31397 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31399 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31400 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31401 Default is :warning.
31403 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31404 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31405 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31406 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31407 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31408 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31410 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31411 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31412 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31414 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31416 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31417 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31419 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31421 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31422 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31423 \\<special-mode-map>
31424 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31425 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31427 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31428 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31429 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31430 can be whatever you like.)
31432 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31433 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31435 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31436 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31437 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31438 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31439 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31441 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31443 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31444 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31445 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31446 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31447 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31449 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22086 11930 394062 731000))
31454 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31455 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31457 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31458 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31459 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31460 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31461 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31462 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31463 directories to reflect your edits.
31471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22086 11930 22062
31473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31475 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31476 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31478 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31481 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22086
31489 ;;;;;; 11930 242062 731000))
31490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31491 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31492 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31494 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31496 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31497 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31498 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31500 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31501 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31503 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31505 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31506 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31511 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31512 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31513 in certain major modes.
31515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22086 11930 394062
31521 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31522 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31524 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31525 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31530 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31531 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31535 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31536 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31538 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31539 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31541 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31542 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31543 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31544 use `whitespace-mode'.
31546 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31550 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31551 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31552 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31555 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31557 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31559 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31560 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31562 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31563 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31565 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31566 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31570 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31571 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31572 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31573 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31574 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31575 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31577 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31579 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31580 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31582 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31583 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31585 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31586 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31587 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31588 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31590 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31594 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31595 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31597 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31598 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31600 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31601 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31603 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31607 f toggle face visualization
31608 t toggle TAB visualization
31609 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31610 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31611 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31612 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31613 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31614 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31615 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31616 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31617 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31618 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31619 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31620 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31621 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31622 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31623 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31624 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31626 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31627 T toggle TAB visualization
31628 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31629 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31631 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31632 ? display brief help
31634 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31635 The valid symbols are:
31637 face toggle face visualization
31638 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31639 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31640 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31641 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31642 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31643 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31644 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31645 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31646 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31647 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31648 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31649 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31650 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31651 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31652 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31653 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31654 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31656 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31657 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31658 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31660 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31662 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31666 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31667 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31669 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31670 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31672 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31673 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31675 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31679 f toggle face visualization
31680 t toggle TAB visualization
31681 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31682 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31683 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31684 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31685 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31686 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31687 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31688 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31689 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31690 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31691 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31692 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31693 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31694 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31695 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31696 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31698 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31699 T toggle TAB visualization
31700 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31701 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31703 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31704 ? display brief help
31706 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31707 The valid symbols are:
31709 face toggle face visualization
31710 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31711 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31712 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31713 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31714 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31715 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31716 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31717 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31718 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31719 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31720 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31721 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31722 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31723 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31724 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31725 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31726 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31728 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31729 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31730 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31732 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31734 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31738 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31739 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31741 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31742 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31743 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31744 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31745 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31747 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31749 The problems cleaned up are:
31751 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31752 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31753 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31754 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31756 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31757 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31758 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31759 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31761 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31762 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31763 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31764 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31766 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31767 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31768 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31769 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31770 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31771 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31772 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31773 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31775 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31776 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31777 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31779 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31780 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31781 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31782 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31783 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31784 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31785 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31786 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31788 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31793 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31794 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31796 The problems cleaned up are:
31798 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31799 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31800 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31801 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31803 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31804 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31805 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31806 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31808 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31809 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31810 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31811 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31812 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31813 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31814 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31815 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31817 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31818 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31819 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31821 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31822 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31823 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31824 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31825 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31826 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31827 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31828 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31830 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31833 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31835 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31836 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31838 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31840 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31842 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31843 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31845 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31848 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31849 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31850 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31858 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31859 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31862 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31864 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31865 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31866 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31867 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31868 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31869 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31870 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31872 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31873 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31874 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31875 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31876 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31877 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31878 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31880 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31881 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31882 cleaning up these problems.
31884 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22086 11930 394062
31890 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31892 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31893 Browse the widget under point.
31897 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31898 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31900 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31902 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31903 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31905 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31907 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31908 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31910 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31911 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22092 27718 580268
31919 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31921 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31922 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31924 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31926 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31927 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31928 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31930 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31932 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31933 Create widget of TYPE.
31934 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31936 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31938 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31941 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31943 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31944 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31946 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31948 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31949 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31950 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31951 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31953 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31954 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22092 27718 580268
31962 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31964 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31965 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31966 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31967 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31968 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31969 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31970 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31974 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31975 Select the window above the current one.
31976 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31977 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31978 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31979 negative ARG) of the current window.
31980 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31984 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31985 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31986 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31987 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31988 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31989 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31990 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31994 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31995 Select the window below the current one.
31996 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31997 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31998 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31999 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32000 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32004 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32005 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32006 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32007 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32009 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22086 11930 398062 731000))
32014 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32016 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32017 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32018 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32021 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32023 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32025 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32026 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32028 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32029 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32030 \\{winner-mode-map}
32032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22092 27718 620268 464000))
32037 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32038 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32040 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32041 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32042 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32043 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32044 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32046 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32048 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32049 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32050 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32051 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32052 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32053 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32054 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32055 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32057 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32058 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32060 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32062 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32063 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32067 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32068 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32069 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32070 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32071 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32072 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32073 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32074 `woman' command for further details.
32076 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32078 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32079 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22092 27718 620268 464000))
32086 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32088 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32089 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32090 Return the top node with all its children.
32091 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32093 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32094 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32095 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32097 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32099 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32100 namespace to URIs instead.
32102 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32103 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32105 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32107 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32109 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32111 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32112 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32113 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32114 not contain well-formed XML.
32116 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32117 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32118 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32119 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32120 element of the list.
32121 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32122 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32123 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32125 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32127 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32128 namespace to URIs instead.
32130 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32131 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32133 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32135 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32137 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22086 11930 30062
32143 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32145 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32146 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32147 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32148 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32149 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32150 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32151 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32152 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32153 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32154 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32156 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22105 39773 959886
32162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32164 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32169 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32170 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32174 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32175 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32179 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32180 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32181 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32184 If the backend has sufficient information to determine a unique
32185 definition for IDENTIFIER, it returns only that definition. If
32186 there are multiple possible definitions, it returns all of them.
32188 If the backend returns one definition, jump to it; otherwise,
32189 display the list in a buffer.
32191 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32193 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32194 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32196 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32198 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32199 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32201 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32203 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32204 Find references to the identifier at point.
32205 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32207 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32209 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32210 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32211 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32213 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32214 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32215 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32216 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32217 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32218 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32219 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22086 11930 402062
32225 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32227 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32228 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32229 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32232 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32234 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32236 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32237 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32239 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32240 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32242 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32243 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32244 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32245 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32246 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32247 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22086 11929 854062 731000))
32254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32256 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32257 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32259 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32261 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32262 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22086 11930 130062 731000))
32269 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32271 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32272 Zone out, completely.
32278 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22108 15942 558032 987000))
32490 (provide 'loaddefs)
32491 ;; Local Variables:
32492 ;; version-control: never
32493 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32494 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32497 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here